Section 5 Notices and Supports 

User Guide - Primary Authorized 

Official 

Environmental Protection Agency

Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics

Manage Toxic Substances

Delivery Order # GS00Q09BGD0022

Task Order # EP-G11H-00154

Project # TDD 9.21

Version 0.01 

September 20, 2013

TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official i

Table of Contents

1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................1

2 System Requirements ........................................................................................................2

2.1 Supported Browsers .....................................................................................................2

2.2 Screen Resolution ........................................................................................................2

3 Primary Authorized Official (AO) Functions ........................................................................3

3.1 Log into Section 5 Notices and Supports Application ....................................................4

3.2 Home Screen Navigation..............................................................................................5

3.3 User Management ........................................................................................................7

3.4 Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms.........................................................................9

3.5 Create Passphrase.....................................................................................................12

3.6 Enter Passphrase.......................................................................................................14

3.7 Navigation Tree ..........................................................................................................15

3.8 Action Bar...................................................................................................................26

3.9 Attach Documents ......................................................................................................27

3.10 Search Substance Registry Services..........................................................................31

3.11 Facility Registry System (FRS) Search.......................................................................35

4 Create Premanufacture Notice (PMN) Form.....................................................................39

4.1 Create PMN Form ......................................................................................................39

4.1.1 General Form Information.....................................................................................39

4.1.2 User Fees Certification .........................................................................................43

4.1.3 Agent Information .................................................................................................45

4.1.4 Technical Contact Information ..............................................................................50

4.1.5 Additional Submission Information........................................................................53

4.1.6 Joint Submitter Information ...................................................................................57

4.1.7 Joint Submission Information ................................................................................58

4.1.8 Notify Joint Submitter of Joint Submission Information..........................................61

4.1.9 Letter of Support Submitter Information ................................................................63

4.1.10 Letter of Support Submission Information .............................................................64

4.1.11 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information.................................67

4.1.12 Chemical Identification..........................................................................................69

4.1.13 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances .......................................................................70

4.1.14 Class 2 Substances ..............................................................................................75

4.1.15 Additional Chemical Information ...........................................................................78
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official ii

4.1.16 Polymer Identification Information .........................................................................83

4.1.17 Monomers and Other Reactants ...........................................................................87

4.1.18 Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information...............................................92

4.1.19 Use Information ....................................................................................................95

4.1.20 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet.....................................................100

4.1.21 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) ................108

4.1.22 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach 

Documents .........................................................................................................110

4.1.23 Submitter Controlled Site Information .................................................................114

4.1.24 Sites Controlled By Others..................................................................................115

4.1.25 Submitter Operation Information .........................................................................117

4.1.26 Occupational Exposures .....................................................................................122

4.1.27 Environmental Releases .....................................................................................126

4.1.28 Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ..................................................................130

4.1.29 Exposures/Releases ...........................................................................................133

4.1.30 Byproduct Information.........................................................................................138

4.1.31 Optional Pollution Prevention..............................................................................139

4.1.32 Additional Attachments .......................................................................................142

4.1.33 Attachment Summary .........................................................................................144

4.1.34 Optional Cover Letter..........................................................................................145

4.1.35 Upload XML........................................................................................................146

5 Create Biotechnology Form............................................................................................148

5.1 Create Biotechnology Form ......................................................................................148

5.1.1 General Form Information...................................................................................148

5.1.2 Joint Submitter Information .................................................................................151

5.1.3 Joint Submission Information ..............................................................................152

5.1.4 Notify Secondary Submitter of Joint Submission Information ..............................154

5.1.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information ..............................................................156

5.1.6 Letter of Support Submission Information ...........................................................157

5.1.7 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information...............................159

5.1.8 Technical Contact Information ............................................................................161

5.1.9 Optional Cover Letter..........................................................................................165

6 Create Notice of Commencement (NOC) Form ..............................................................167

6.1 Create NOC Form ....................................................................................................167

6.1.1 General Form Information...................................................................................167
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official iii

6.1.2 Technical Contact Information ............................................................................168

6.1.3 Chemical Information..........................................................................................171

6.1.4 Submitter Site Information ..................................................................................175

6.1.5 CBI Substantiation Part 1....................................................................................177

6.1.6 CBI Substantiation Part 2....................................................................................179

6.1.7 CBI Substantiation Part 3....................................................................................182

6.1.8 Optional Cover Letter..........................................................................................185

7 Create Support Form......................................................................................................187

7.1 Create Support Form................................................................................................187

7.1.1 General Form Information...................................................................................187

7.1.2 Original Submitter Information ............................................................................190

8 Create Bona Fide Form..................................................................................................193

8.1 Create Bona Fide Form ............................................................................................193

8.1.1 General Document Information ...........................................................................193

8.1.2 Primary Contact Information ...............................................................................196

8.1.3 Technical Contact Information ............................................................................199

8.1.4 Statement of Intent .............................................................................................200

8.1.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information ..............................................................202

8.1.6 Letter of Support Submission Information ...........................................................204

8.1.7 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information...............................206

8.1.8 Chemical Identification Information .....................................................................209

8.1.9 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances .....................................................................210

8.1.10 Class 2 Substances ............................................................................................214

8.1.11 Polymer Identification Information .......................................................................217

8.1.12 Monomers and Other Reactants .........................................................................220

8.1.13 Use Information ..................................................................................................223

8.1.14 Submitter Site Identification ................................................................................224

8.1.15 Document Management......................................................................................225

8.1.16 Optional Cover Letter..........................................................................................226

9 Create Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Form .........................................................228

9.1 Create Alternative Control Measures Form...............................................................228

9.1.1 Contact Information ............................................................................................228

9.1.2 Attachments........................................................................................................231

10 Preview ..........................................................................................................................234

11 Validate ..........................................................................................................................238
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official iv

12 Submit to EPA via CDX..................................................................................................240

12.1 Submitting Official Information ..................................................................................240

12.2 Submitting On Behalf Of ...........................................................................................242

12.3 LVE Certification.......................................................................................................244

12.4 LOREX Certification .................................................................................................245

12.5 Submission Process: Validation................................................................................246

12.6 Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Certification .................248

12.7 Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Login ...........................250

12.8 Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Security Question ........251

12.9 Submit to CDX..........................................................................................................253

12.10 Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission..................254

13 Download Copy of Record..............................................................................................256

14 Create an Amendment ...................................................................................................259

15 Resources......................................................................................................................261

Appendix A. Definitions, Acronyms, and Abbreviations ...........................................................264
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official v

List of Exhibits

Exhibit 3-1 Section 5 Notices and Supports User Roles Matrix ...................................................4

Exhibit 3-2: Chemical Information Submission System Screen ...................................................5

Exhibit 3-3: Section 5 Notices and Supports Home Screen.........................................................7

Exhibit 3-4: User Management Screen........................................................................................9

Exhibit 3-5: Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms Screen ......................................................12

Exhibit 3-6: Create Passphrase Screen.....................................................................................14

Exhibit 3-7: Enter Passphrase Screen.......................................................................................15

Exhibit 3-8: Navigation Prompt..................................................................................................16

Exhibit 3-9: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 1)..................................................18

Exhibit 3-10: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 2)................................................19

Exhibit 3-11: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 3)................................................20

Exhibit 3-12: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 4)................................................21

Exhibit 3-13: Biotechnology Navigation Tree.............................................................................22

Exhibit 3-14: Notice of Commencement (NOC) Navigation Tree ...............................................23

Exhibit 3-15: Support Navigation Tree.......................................................................................23

Exhibit 3-16: Bona Fide Navigation Tree (Class 2 Substance) ..................................................24

Exhibit 3-17: Bona Fide Navigation Tree (Polymer)...................................................................25

Exhibit 3-18: Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Navigation Tree ..........................................25

Exhibit 3-19: Action Bar – Validate............................................................................................26

Exhibit 3-20: Action Bar – Save.................................................................................................26

Exhibit 3-21: Action Bar – Preview ............................................................................................27

Exhibit 3-22: Action Bar – Submit..............................................................................................27

Exhibit 3-23: Help – Links .........................................................................................................27

Exhibit 3-24: Attach Documents Window...................................................................................30

Exhibit 3-25: Search Substance Registry Services Window ......................................................32

Exhibit 3-26: Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services Window .............................34

Exhibit 3-27: Facility Registry System Search Window..............................................................36

Exhibit 3-28: Add Manual Entry Search Window .......................................................................38

Exhibit 4-1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1) ...........................................................42

Exhibit 4-2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2) ...........................................................43

Exhibit 4-3: User Fees Certification Screen...............................................................................45

Exhibit 4-4: Agent Information Screen.......................................................................................47

Exhibit 4-5: Add Agent Window.................................................................................................49

Exhibit 4-6: Technical Contact Information Screen....................................................................51

Exhibit 4-7: Add Technical Contact Window..............................................................................53

Exhibit 4-8: Additional Submission Information Screen .............................................................56

Exhibit 4-9: Joint Submitter Information Screen.........................................................................58
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official vi

Exhibit 4-10: Joint Submission Information Screen ...................................................................60

Exhibit 4-11: Unique Identifier Notification Window ...................................................................62

Exhibit 4-12: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen....................................................64

Exhibit 4-13: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen.................................................66

Exhibit 4-14: Unique Identifier Notification Window ...................................................................68

Exhibit 4-15: Chemical Identification Screen .............................................................................70

Exhibit 4-16: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 1)............................................74

Exhibit 4-17: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 2)............................................75

Exhibit 4-18: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 1) ..................................................................77

Exhibit 4-19: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ..................................................................78

Exhibit 4-20: Additional Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 1)................................................82

Exhibit 4-21: Additional Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 2)................................................83

Exhibit 4-22: Polymer Identification Information Screen (Scroll 1) .............................................86

Exhibit 4-23: Polymer Identification Information Screen (Scroll 2) .............................................87

Exhibit 4-24: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 1) ...............................................89

Exhibit 4-25: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 2) ...............................................90

Exhibit 4-26: Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information Screen ..................................95

Exhibit 4-27: Use Information Screen (Scroll 1).........................................................................99

Exhibit 4-28: Use Information Screen (Scroll 2).......................................................................100

Exhibit 4-29: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 1) .........................107

Exhibit 4-30: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 2) .........................108

Exhibit 4-31: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Screen....110

Exhibit 4-32: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach 

Documents Window (Scroll 1) .................................................................................................112

Exhibit 4-33: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach 

Documents Window (Scroll 2) .................................................................................................113

Exhibit 4-34: Submitter Controlled Site Information Screen .....................................................115

Exhibit 4-35: Sites Controlled By Others Screen .....................................................................117

Exhibit 4-36: Submitter Operation Information Screen (Scroll 1) .............................................121

Exhibit 4-37: Submitter Operation Information Screen (Scroll 2) .............................................122

Exhibit 4-38: Occupational Exposures Screen (Scroll 1) .........................................................125

Exhibit 4-39: Occupational Exposures Screen (Scroll 2) .........................................................126

Exhibit 4-40: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 1) .........................................................129

Exhibit 4-41: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 2) .........................................................130

Exhibit 4-42: Industrial Sites Controlled By Others Screen......................................................133

Exhibit 4-43: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 1) ...............................................................136

Exhibit 4-44: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 2) ...............................................................138

Exhibit 4-45: Byproduct Information Screen ............................................................................139

Exhibit 4-46: Optional Pollution Prevention Screen .................................................................142
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official vii

Exhibit 4-47: Additional Attachments Screen...........................................................................143

Exhibit 4-48: Attachment Summary Screen.............................................................................145

Exhibit 4-49: Optional Cover Letter Screen .............................................................................146

Exhibit 4-50: Upload XML Screen ...........................................................................................147

Exhibit 5-1: General Form Information Screen (Biotechnology)...............................................150

Exhibit 5-2: Joint Submitter Information Screen.......................................................................152

Exhibit 5-3: Joint Submission Information Screen ...................................................................153

Exhibit 5-4: Unique Identifier Notification Window ...................................................................155

Exhibit 5-5: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen....................................................157

Exhibit 5-6: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen.................................................158

Exhibit 5-7: Unique Identifier Notification Window ...................................................................160

Exhibit 5-8: Technical Contact Information Screen..................................................................162

Exhibit 5-9: Add Technical Contact Window............................................................................164

Exhibit 5-10: Optional Cover Letter Screen .............................................................................165

Exhibit 6-1: General Form Information Screen ........................................................................168

Exhibit 6-2: Technical Contact Information Screen..................................................................169

Exhibit 6-3: Add Technical Contact Window............................................................................170

Exhibit 6-4 Chemical Information Screen ................................................................................173

Exhibit 6-5 Chemical Information Screen – Chemical Claimed CBI (Scroll 1)..........................174

Exhibit 6-6 Chemical Information Screen – Chemical Claimed CBI (Scroll 2)..........................175

Exhibit 6-7: Submitter Site Information ....................................................................................176

Exhibit 6-8: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 1)..........................................................178

Exhibit 6-9: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 2)..........................................................179

Exhibit 6-10: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen (Scroll 1)........................................................181

Exhibit 6-11: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen (Scroll 2)........................................................182

Exhibit 6-12: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen (Scroll 1)........................................................184

Exhibit 6-13: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen (Scroll 2)........................................................185

Exhibit 6-14: Optional Cover Letter Screen .............................................................................186

Exhibit 7-1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1) .........................................................189

Exhibit 7-2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2) .........................................................190

Exhibit 7-3: Original Submitter Information Screen..................................................................192

Exhibit 8-1: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 1) .................................................195

Exhibit 8-2: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 2) .................................................196

Exhibit 8-3: Primary Contact Information Screen.....................................................................198

Exhibit 8-4: Technical Contact Information Screen..................................................................200

Exhibit 8-5: Statement of Intent Screen...................................................................................202

Exhibit 8-6: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen....................................................204

Exhibit 8-7: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen.................................................206

Exhibit 8-8: Unique Identifier Notification Window ...................................................................208
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official viii

Exhibit 8-9: Chemical Identification Information Screen...........................................................210

Exhibit 8-10: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 1)..........................................213

Exhibit 8-11: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 2)..........................................214

Exhibit 8-12: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 1) ................................................................216

Exhibit 8-13: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................................................217

Exhibit 8-14: Polymer Identification Information Screen ..........................................................220

Exhibit 8-15: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen.............................................................222

Exhibit 8-16: Use Information Screen......................................................................................223

Exhibit 8-17: Submitter Site Identification Screen....................................................................225

Exhibit 8-18: Document Management Screen .........................................................................226

Exhibit 8-19: Optional Cover Letter Screen .............................................................................227

Exhibit 9-1: Contact Information Screen..................................................................................229

Exhibit 9-2: Add Contact Window............................................................................................231

Exhibit 9-3: Attachments Screen .............................................................................................233

Exhibit 10-1: Preview ACM Form Screen ................................................................................234

Exhibit 10-2: Preview Biotechnology Form PDF......................................................................235

Exhibit 10-3: Preview NOC Form PDF ....................................................................................236

Exhibit 10-4: Preview Support Form PDF................................................................................237

Exhibit 11-1: Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation Pop-Up Window...............................239

Exhibit 12-1: Submitting Official Information Screen................................................................241

Exhibit 12-2: Submitting On Behalf Of Screen.........................................................................243

Exhibit 12-3: LVE Certification Screen ....................................................................................245

Exhibit 12-4: LOREX Certification Screen ...............................................................................246

Exhibit 12-5: Submission Process: Validation Screen .............................................................247

Exhibit 12-6: Submission Process: PDF Generation Screen ...................................................248

Exhibit 12-7: Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Certification Screen249

Exhibit 12-8: Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Login Screen .........251

Exhibit 12-9: Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Security Question 

Screen ....................................................................................................................................252

Exhibit 12-10: Submit to CDX Screen .....................................................................................254

Exhibit 12-11: Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission Screen255

Exhibit 13-1: Download Copy of Record Screen......................................................................257

Exhibit 13-2: Download Prompt Screen...................................................................................258

Exhibit 14-1: Section 5 Notices and Supports Form – Amendment .........................................259

Exhibit 14-2: Unlock Prompt Message ....................................................................................260

Exhibit 15-1: Resources Screen (Scroll 1)...............................................................................262

Exhibit 15-2: Resources Screen (Scroll 2)...............................................................................263
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official ix

Revision Log

Date Version 

No.

Description Author Reviewer Review 

Date

09/20/13 0.01 Initial Draft of User Guide C. Yeh

J. DeRosa 

S. Mulvey

J. Ritchey

09/20/13

TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 1

1 Introduction

This document presents the user guide for the Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics (OPPT)

Section 5 Notices and Supports application submission process. This document is the user guide

for the Primary Authorized Official (AO) user of the Section 5 Notices and Supports application.

The Section 5 Notices and Supports application is the electronic, web-based tool provided by the 

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for the submission of Section 5 Notices and Supports

data. As a Primary AO, you can create, modify, and/or submit a Section 5 Notices and Supports

form. You can also delete Section 5 Notices and Supports forms, create amendments and 

download the Copy of Record (CoR).

For questions concerning the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) Section 5 Notices and 

Supports software requirements, please contact the Central Data Exchange (CDX) Help Desk at 

helpdesk@epacdx.net or call 1-888-890-1995 between the hours of 8am – 6pm eastern standard 

time (EST). For questions concerning the TSCA Section 5 Notices and Supports reporting 

requirements, please contact the TSCA Hotline at TSCA-Hotline@epamail.epa.gov or call 202-

554-1404 between the hours of 8:30am – 5:00pm EST. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 2

2 System Requirements 

To use the Section 5 Notices and Supports application to submit a Section 5 Notices and 

Supports form the following are required:

 An e-mail account

 Java Script enabled web browser 

 Internet access

 Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.0 or higher

 CDX username and password

2.1 Supported Browsers

 Internet Explorer 7 or above

 Go to the following link to download: 

http://windows.microsoft.com/en-US/internet-explorer/downloads/ie

 Mozilla Firefox 3.5 or above

 Go to the following link to download:

http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/all-older.html

 Safari 4 or above

 Go to the following link to download: 

http://support.apple.com/kb/dl877

 Google Chrome 

 Go to the following link to download:

http://www.google.com/chrome

2.2 Screen Resolution

 Screen resolution should be set to 1024 x 768 or greater. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 3

3 Primary Authorized Official (AO) Functions

This section describes how to:

 Access the application

 Navigate the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen 

 Assign Supports to complete a form

 Start and complete the Section 5 Notices and Supports forms – Premanufacture Notice 

(PMN), Biotechnology, Notice of Commencement (NOC), Support, Bona Fide, and 

Alternative Control Measures (ACM) 721.30

 Upload an Extensible Markup Language (XML) file 

 Download a Copy of Record 

 Create an amendment

The Primary AO is responsible for the submission of original main forms, including PMN, 

Biotechnology, NOC, Support, Bona Fide, or ACM forms. As a Primary AO, you can create a 

new form. You are also responsible for submitting amendments, unlocking submissions, and 

deleting forms. You can assign Supports (or other authorized individuals) to edit and complete a

form on your behalf.

You can save the form at any point during the data entry process. The save functionality will 

allow you to return to that same form at any point in the future. You can print the form at any

point; however, the ‘Not For Submission’ watermark will be placed on the form anytime the 

form is printed prior to actual submission.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 4

Exhibit 3-1 displays a table of the capabilities of user roles within the Section 5 Notices and 

Supports application. 

Exhibit 3-1 Section 5 Notices and Supports User Roles Matrix

3.1 Log into Section 5 Notices and Supports Application 

After you create an account in CDX and click the ‘Primary Authorized Official’ link for the 

Chemical Safety and Pesticide Programs (CSPP) data flow, you will be taken to the main 

‘Chemical Information Submission System’ screen.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 5

Exhibit 3-2 shows a screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information Submission System’ screen:

Exhibit 3-2: Chemical Information Submission System Screen

Navigation: To access the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen, select ‘TSCA Section 

5 Notices and Supports – ePMN’ from the submission type drop-down menu and click the ‘OK’

button.

3.2 Home Screen Navigation

You can access the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen by selecting ‘TSCA Section 5 

Notices and Supports – ePMN’ from the submission type drop-down menu on the ‘Chemical 

Information Submission System’ screen and clicking the ‘OK’ button. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 6

The Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen is the first screen within the Section 5 

Notices and Supports application. It provides you with links and tabs to access the ‘Section 5 

Notices and Supports Forms,’ ‘User Management,’ and ‘Resources’ screens. To navigate to any

of these screens, click the corresponding screen link (highlighted in blue text), or click the screen 

tab (located within the application header). The links and tabs provide the same functionality.

There is a ten (10) minute logout timer for this application; the application will automatically log

you out after ten minutes of inactivity and navigate you back to the CDX login screen.

 Forms: Click the ‘Forms’ link or tab to navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports 

Forms’ screen. You can create or modify a Section 5 Notices and Supports form using the 

‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. For additional details about the ‘Section 5 

Notices and Supports Forms’ screen, please refer to Section 3.4.

 User Management: Click the ‘User Management’ link or tab to navigate to the ‘User 

Management’ screen. You can manage the access rights of Supports per form alias using the 

‘User Management’ screen. For additional details about the ‘User Management’ screen, 

please refer to Section 3.3.

 Resources: Click the ‘Resources’ link or tab to navigate to the ‘Resources’ screen. You can 

find the Section 5 Notices and Supports user guide, as well as useful links for guidance 

documents on the ‘Resources’ screen. For additional details about the ‘Resources’ screen, 

please refer to Section 15.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 7

Exhibit 3-3 shows a screen capture of the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen:

Exhibit 3-3: Section 5 Notices and Supports Home Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘User Management’ link or tab to access the ‘User Management’ screen to

assign Supports.

3.3 User Management

You can access the ‘User Management’ screen by clicking the ‘User Management’ link on the 

Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen or by clicking the ‘User Management’ tab from 

the application header. 

On the ‘User Management’ screen, you can assign one or more Supports to fill out a Section 5 

Notices and Supports form. You have the ability to assign one or more Supports to have access 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 8

to modify any of the Section 5 Notices and Support forms you have created. You can also assign 

different Supports to fill out the Section 5 Notices and Supports form for each form alias. 

Form Alias: A form alias will not be available in this menu until it has been created. Select a 

form alias from the drop-down menu to begin assigning Supports. Once a form alias has been

selected, the ‘Assign Users’ group box will update to display only the Supports who have 

identified you as their AO during CDX registration.

Form Information: This field set displays information pertaining to the form you selected from 

the ‘Form Alias’ drop-down menu. 

Assign Users: This box shows all the Supports you can assign to complete a Section 5 Notices 

and Supports form for the form alias selected. To move Supports from the ‘Unassigned’ group 

box to the ‘Assigned’ group box, highlight an individual or multiple Support(s) and click the

‘add >>’ button. When you have finished assigning the Supports, click the ‘Save’ button to save 

the selection. 

 Form Alias: Displays the form alias that a form is given. 

 TS Number: Displays the toxic substances (TS) number that is entered for that specific 

form. 

 Form Type: Displays the type of form, which may include ‘Primary PMN,’ 

‘Biotechnology,’ ‘NOC,’ ‘Support,’ ‘Bona Fide,’ or ‘ACM.’ 

 Form Subtype: Displays the subtype of the form. NOC, Bona Fide, and ACM forms do not 

have a subtype. 

 Last Modified: Displays the date the form was last modified. 

 Unassigned: This box/field contains the registered Supports associated with the AO who 

could potentially be assigned to access and edit the selected form. To move Supports from 

the ‘Unassigned’ group box to the ‘Assigned’ group box, highlight an individual or multiple 

Support(s) and click the ‘add >>’ button. To highlight multiple Supports hold down the 

<Ctrl> key on your keyboard while clicking each Support. To highlight multiple consecutive 

Supports, hold down the <Shift> key on your keyboard while clicking the first and last 

Support in the list. 

 Assigned: This box/field contains the registered Supports given permission, by the AO, to 

access and edit the selected form. This group box shows all the Supports that are assigned to 

complete the Section 5 Notices and Supports form for a single form alias. To move Supports

from the ‘Assigned’ group box to the ‘Unassigned’ group box highlight individual or 

multiple Supports and click the ‘<< remove’ button. To highlight multiple Supports hold 

down the <Ctrl> key on your keyboard and click each Support. To highlight multiple 

consecutive Supports hold down the <Shift> key on your keyboard and click the first and last 

Support in the list.

 Add >>: Click the button to move Supports from the ‘Unassigned’ box to the ‘Assigned’ 

box.

 << Remove: Click the button to move Supports from the ‘Assigned’ box to the ‘Unassigned’ 

box. 

When you have finished assigning the Supports, click the ‘Save’ button that displays after 

selecting a form to save the selection.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 9

Exhibit 3-4 shows a screen capture of the ‘User Management’ screen:

Exhibit 3-4: User Management Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Forms’ tab located within the application header to navigate to the 

‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen.

3.4 Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms

You can access the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen by clicking the ‘Forms’ link

from the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen, or by clicking the ‘Forms’ tab located 

within the application header.

Only one Section 5 Notices and Supports form is created per form alias. Each column within the

table of the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen can be sorted by clicking the

individual column headers. 

Start New Form: To create a new Section 5 Notices and Supports form, please select one of the 

following options from the ‘Form Type’ drop-down menu and click the ‘Start New Form’ 

button: ‘Premanufacture Notice (PMN),’ ‘Support,’ ‘Notice of Commencement (NOC),’
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 10

‘Biotechnology,’ ‘Bona Fide,’ or ‘Alternative Control Measures (ACM).’ You are required to 

create a passphrase that will be associated with that particular form. Make sure to create a 

passphrase that you will remember, as it cannot be retrieved or reset. Refer to Section 3.5 for 

further instructions on creating a new passphrase.

Edit a Form: To modify an existing Section 5 Notices and Supports form, click the ‘Alias’ link

for a form that has a status of ‘In Progress.’ You are required to enter the passphrase associated 

with that particular form in order to access and continue editing the form. Refer to Section 14 for 

further instructions on viewing and modifying a form that is ‘In Progress.’

Amend a submitted form: To edit an already submitted Section 5 Notices and Supports form 

(i.e., to create an amendment), you must first unlock the particular submission by clicking the 

‘Lock’ icon ( ) under the ‘Action’ column. You will be required to enter the passphrase 

associated with that particular submission in order to gain access and continue amending the 

submission. All further changes that are submitted will be submitted as an amendment. Refer to

Section 14 for further instructions on creating an amendment. 

The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen displays the following columns of 

information: 

 Alias: Displays the form alias you provided within the ‘General Form Information,’ ‘General 

Document Information,’ or ‘Contact Information’ screen. The ‘Alias’ column will display a 

default alias comprised of a form type, date stamp, and time stamp in the following format: 

<Form Type-YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS Time Zone> if you accept the system-generated 

‘Form Alias’ on the first screen in a Section 5 Notices and Supports form. A form alias is 

helpful when a user or company has multiple forms and/or when you must differentiate 

between forms. 

 Type: Displays the form type pertaining to the reported chemical substance or mixture. This 

column can contain the following values: ‘Primary PMN,’ ‘Biotechnology,’ ‘Support,’

‘NOC,’ ‘Bona Fide,’ or ‘ACM.’

 Subtype: Displays the form subtype pertaining to the form type for the reported chemical 

substance or mixture. This column contains one of the following values for a PMN form: 

‘Mock Submission,’ ‘LOREX Modification,’ ‘LVE Modification,’ ‘Low Release/Low 

Exposure Exemption (LOREX),’ ‘Low Volume Exemption (LVE),’ ‘Test Marketing 

Exemption Application (TMEA),’ ‘Significant New Use Notice (SNUN),’ or ‘PMN.’ This 

column contains the following values for a Biotechnology form: ‘Microbial Commercial 

Activity Notice (MCAN),’ ‘TSCA Experimental Release Application (TERA),’ ‘Tier 1,’

‘Tier 2,’ or ‘Biotechnology Test Market Exemption (Biotechnology_TME).’ This column 

will contain the following values for a Support form: ‘Amendment,’ ‘Test Data,’ ‘Transfer,’

‘Withdrawal,’ ‘Suspension Request,’ or ‘Other Correspondence.’ NOC, Bona Fide, and 

ACM forms do not have subtypes. 

 Case Number: Displays the form case number pertaining to the reported chemical substance 

or mixture after EPA receives the submission. NOC and Support forms will display userentered case numbers. A consolidated submission will generate sequential case numbers for 

each chemical identified within the form. A consolidated submission will display all case 

numbers associated with that specific form. Case numbers will not be sequential for joint 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 11

consolidated submissions. If the form has not been submitted and received, the field remains 

blank.

 Status: Displays the status of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form. The values will 

display as either ‘In Progress’ or ‘Submitted.’ 

 Modify Date: Displays the date the form was last modified.

 Submission Date: Displays the date when you submit the form to EPA via CDX. This date 

populates only after the form has been submitted. 

 Copy of Record: Click the ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ) to navigate to the ‘Enter Passphrase’

screen, then the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Login’ screen 

to continue to the ‘Copy of Record’ screen. The ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ) displays only 

after the form has been completed. Refer to Section 13 for further instructions on 

downloading the copy of record. If you have just submitted to CDX, the ‘Copy of Record’ 

icon ( ) may take 15-20 minutes to display. In addition, you must refresh the ‘Section 5 

Notices and Supports Forms’ screen for the ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ) to display.

 Action: Displays a ‘Delete’ icon ( ) for all forms with a status of ‘In Progress.’ Displays a 

‘Lock’ icon ( ) for all forms that have been submitted. Only an AO can unlock a form by

clicking the ‘Lock’ icon ( ) and unlocking the form. The form will remain unlocked and 

display the ‘Unlocked’ icon ( ) until the form is resubmitted by the AO. 

 Export Options: Displays ‘CSV,’ ‘Excel,’ ‘XML,’ and ‘PDF’ links for you to export the 

‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen in one of the specified formats as an Excel 

spreadsheet, Comma-Separated Values (CSV) file, XML file, or Portable Document Format 

(PDF). The export options section will not display until a form is created. 

 Form Type: Displays the possible form types that can be created. This drop-down menu 

contains the following values: ‘Premanufacture Notice (PMN),’ ‘Support,’ ‘Notice of 

Commencement (NOC),’ ‘Biotechnology,’ ‘Bona Fide,’ and ‘Alternative Control Measures 

(ACM).’ This drop-down menu is only available to Primary Authorized Officials and 

Primary Agents/Consultants. 

 Start New Form: Click this button to start a new form and navigate to the ‘Create 

Passphrase’ screen. This button is only available to Primary Authorized Officials and 

Primary Agents/Consultants.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 12

Exhibit 3-5 shows a screen capture of the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen:

Exhibit 3-5: Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms Screen

Navigation: Select a form type from the ‘Form Type’ drop-down menu and click the ‘Start New 

Form’ button to navigate to the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. 

3.5 Create Passphrase 

To start a new Section 5 Notices and Supports form, click the ‘Start New Form’ button the 

‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. You will be taken to the ‘Create Passphrase’ 

screen, which allows you to create a passphrase and associate that passphrase with your newly 

created form.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 13

The application uses the passphrase as an encryption key to protect the contents of the form. You 

are responsible for remembering the passphrase and distributing it to the appropriate individuals.

If you forget the passphrase, you will not have access to the form and will not be able to view, 

print, submit, or make changes. If you lose or forget the passphrase, you must create a new form 

and passphrase. For security reasons, the system administrator does not have access to the 

passphrase and will not be able to retrieve it or reset it to a new one. 

New Passphrase: To associate a passphrase with a form, enter a passphrase that is at least 8 

characters in length. To protect your account, your passphrase should contain a combination of 

letters and numbers. The passphrase you create may include spaces, but should not contain 

special characters (for example, +,?, and *). You can associate the same passphrase with multiple 

forms. 

You will be responsible for remembering the passphrase and distributing it to only 

authorized Supports for an individual form. If you forget the passphrase, you will not be 

able to access the Section 5 Notices and Supports form to print, submit, or make changes. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 14

Exhibit 3-6 shows a screen capture of the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen for a Primary Authorized 

Official:

Exhibit 3-6: Create Passphrase Screen

Navigation: Create a passphrase and click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘General Form 

Information’ screen in a PMN, Biotechnology, NOC, or Support form. Click the ‘Next’ button to 

navigate to the ‘General Document Information’ screen in a Bona Fide form. Click the ‘Next’ 

button to navigate to the ‘Contact Information’ screen in an ACM form. 

3.6 Enter Passphrase 

To edit a form click the ‘Alias’ link for a Section 5 Notices and Supports form with a status of 

‘In Progress’ on the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. The ‘Enter Passphrase’

screen requires you to enter the passphrase that is associated with the form.

Enter Passphrase: Enter the passphrase that you originally created and associated with the 

form. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 15

Exhibit 3-7 shows a screen capture of the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen:

Exhibit 3-7: Enter Passphrase Screen 

Navigation: Enter the passphrase that you originally created and associated with the form and 

click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘General Form Information’ screen in a PMN, 

Biotechnology, NOC, or Support form. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘General 

Document Information’ screen in a Bona Fide form. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the 

‘Contact Information’ screen in an ACM form. 

3.7 Navigation Tree

The navigation tree is located on the left hand side of each screen. You can perform the 

following functions using the navigation tree:

 Open and Close the Navigation Tree: To provide more visual form space, a navigation 

arrow ( ) that opens and closes the navigation tree is located to the right of the navigation 

tree. Click the arrow ( ) to close the navigation tree and increase the space of the form 

content. Likewise, click the arrow ( ) on the closed navigation tree to open the navigation 

tree. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 16

 Collapse and expand folders: Each section of the form falls under a collapsible folder 

within the navigation tree, which allows you to save space or easily view items in the 

navigation tree. When a folder is expanded, you can click the minus sign (-), the ‘Folder’ 

icon ( ), or the folder title link to collapse that section of the navigation tree. When a folder 

is collapsed, you can click the plus sign (+), the ‘Folder’ icon ( ), or the folder title link to 

expand that section of the navigation tree. When you place your cursor over a folder title 

link, it will highlight in red. 

 Navigate between screens: You can use the navigation tree to navigate between the various 

screens within the application and the different sections of the form. Each section of the form 

is denoted with a ‘Form’ icon ( ). You can click a ‘Form’ icon ( ) or a section title link to 

navigate between screens. You are required to save all information entered on a particular 

screen before navigating to the next screen or all entered information will be lost. A prompt 

will appear after you click a link in the navigation tree indicating, ‘Are you sure you want to 

leave the current page? Any unsaved changes will be lost.’ If you click the ‘OK’ button, you 

will be taken to the requested screen without saving any of the data in the previous screen. If 

you click the ‘Cancel’ button, the prompt will close and you will not be taken to the 

requested screen. 

Exhibit 3-8 shows a screen capture of the navigation prompt window:

Exhibit 3-8: Navigation Prompt 

 Add Joint Submission: To add a Joint Submission, click the ‘Add Joint Submission’ link 

located under the ‘Joint Submission’ folder within the navigation tree. A maximum of two 

Joint Submissions can be added to a PMN form. 

 Add Letter of Support: To add a Letter of Support, click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link 

located under the ‘Letter of Support’ folder within the navigation tree. An unlimited number 

of Letters of Support can be added to a PMN form.

 Delete ‘Chemical’ folders: To delete specific chemical folders, a ‘Delete’ icon ( ) displays

at the bottom of each chemical folder within the navigation tree of a PMN form. When a 

chemical folder is deleted, all information entered within the deleted chemical report is lost 

and cannot be retrieved. You can add a new chemical report by clicking the ‘Add 

Consolidated Chemical’ link, and filling in all corresponding data. This delete functionality is 

not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, Support, Bona Fide or ACM module.

 Copy ‘Chemical’ folders: To copy a specific chemical folder, a ‘Copy’ link displays at the 

bottom of each folder within the navigation tree of a PMN form. When a chemical folder is 

copied, the chemical name, CASRN, and attached documents are removed from the copied 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 17

chemical. This copy functionality is not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, Support, 

Bona Fide, or ACM module.

 Delete ‘Submitted Controlled Operations’ or ‘Operations Controlled By Others’: To 

delete a specific ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ or ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ 

folder within a PMN form, a ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed at the bottom of each ‘SubmitterControlled Operations’ or ‘Operations Controlled by Others’ folder within the navigation 

tree. When a ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ or ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ folder 

is deleted, all information entered within the deleted operation is lost and cannot be retrieved. 

You can add a new ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ or ‘Operation Controlled By Others’ 

folder by clicking the ‘Add Operation’ link under the appropriate folder and filling in all 

corresponding data. This delete functionality is not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, 

Support, Bona Fide, or ACM modules. 

 Add Consolidated Chemical: To add a chemical in a consolidated submission, click the 

‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree. A maximum of six (6) separate 

chemical folders can be added to a PMN form. 

 Upload XML: The system will display an ‘Upload XML’ button in the navigation tree to 

allow a user to upload a completed XML file into a new PMN form, joint PMN form, or 

Bona Fide form, or to export an existing PMN form into an XML file format. For more 

information about the upload XML functionality, refer to Section 4.1.35 for additional 

information. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 18

Exhibit 3-9 shows the screen capture of the Premanufacture Notice navigation tree (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 3-9: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 19

Exhibit 3-10 shows the screen capture of the Premanufacture Notice navigation tree (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 3-10: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 2)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 20

Exhibit 3-11 shows the screen capture of the Premanufacture Notice navigation tree (Scroll 3):

Exhibit 3-11: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 3)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 21

Exhibit 3-12 shows the screen capture of the Premanufacture Notice navigation tree (Scroll 4):

Exhibit 3-12: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 4)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 22

Exhibit 3-13 shows the screen capture of the Biotechnology navigation tree:

Exhibit 3-13: Biotechnology Navigation Tree
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 23

Exhibit 3-14 shows the screen capture of the NOC navigation tree:

Exhibit 3-14: Notice of Commencement (NOC) Navigation Tree

Exhibit 3-15 shows the screen capture of the Support navigation tree:

Exhibit 3-15: Support Navigation Tree
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 24

Exhibit 3-16 shows the screen capture of the Bona Fide navigation tree (Class 2 Substance):

Exhibit 3-16: Bona Fide Navigation Tree (Class 2 Substance)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 25

Exhibit 3-17 shows the screen capture of the Bona Fide navigation tree (Polymer):

Exhibit 3-17: Bona Fide Navigation Tree (Polymer)

Exhibit 3-18 shows the screen capture of the ACM navigation tree:

Exhibit 3-18: Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Navigation Tree
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 26

3.8 Action Bar

The action bar is located at the bottom of the form on each screen. You can perform the 

following functions using the action bar:

 Validate: You can click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 

Notices and Supports form. A ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up window 

generates when you click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ). The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports

Validation’ pop-up window displays a report of all warning messages and validation errors 

that failed validation. On screens that display an expandable/collapsible field set, you must 

click the ‘Save’ button displayed within the expandable/collapsible field set to save the 

information entered within the field set before the ‘Validate’ functionality will initiate. Refer 

to Section 11 for more information on validating a form.

The following exhibits, Exhibit 3-19, Exhibit 3-20, Exhibit 3-21, and Exhibit 3-22 show the 

screen captures for the action bar:

Exhibit 3-19: Action Bar – Validate

 Save: You can click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and 

Supports form. After you click the ‘Save’ icon ( ), you will receive a prompt indicating that 

all data entered in the form has been saved successfully. The save function does not validate 

any data entered. On screens that display an expandable/collapsible field set, you must click 

the ‘Save’ button displayed within the expandable/collapsible field set to save the 

information entered within the field set before being able to click the ‘Save’ icon located 

within the action bar, or use the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons to navigate to another page.

Clicking the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons on a form will also save the data entered within a

form. Clicking the ‘X’ button in the upper-right corner of the form in your browser will 

automatically close the form without saving. 

Exhibit 3-20: Action Bar – Save

 Preview: You can click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 

Notices and Supports form to preview the form. After you click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ), you 

will be given the option to view a regular version of the PDF or a sanitized version of the 

PDF. Choosing either option will generate and display a watermarked PDF version of the 

form. The draft watermarked PDF can display in a separate window depending on the 

individual browser settings. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 27

Exhibit 3-21: Action Bar – Preview

 Submit: You can click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) to submit a Section 5 Notices and Supports

form after you and/or an assigned Support have completed all sections of a Section 5 Notices 

and Supports form. After you click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ), the submission process is 

initiated. Refer to Section 11 for further instructions on validation errors. You can continue 

with the submission process only after clearing all validation errors. Validation warnings will 

not prevent you from submitting a form. Refer to Section 12 for more information on 

submitting a Section 5 Notices and Supports form.

Exhibit 3-22: Action Bar – Submit

 Help Links: You can click any of the ‘Help’ links, located at the bottom of each screen, at 

any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form. 

 If you click the ‘CDX Homepage’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Homepage. 

 If you click the ‘MyCDX Homepage’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Login.

 If you click the ‘EPA Homepage’ link, the application takes you to the EPA Homepage. 

 If you click the ‘Terms and Conditions’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Terms 

and Conditions screen.

 If you click the ‘Privacy Notice’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Privacy and 

Security Notice screen.

Exhibit 3-23 shows the screen capture of the action bar ‘Help’ links:

Exhibit 3-23: Help – Links

3.9 Attach Documents 

The ‘Attach Document’ button displays on various screens within a Section 5 Notices and 

Supports form, and provides functionality for you to attach supporting documents where needed. 

You can access the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window by clicking the ‘Attach Document’ 

button displayed on a screen. You will attach a file and enter a description, number of pages, and 

indicate confidential business information (CBI) status. 

The system allows you to claim an uploaded document as CBI or not. If you claim a document as 

CBI, the system requires you to upload a sanitized version of the attached document. If you are

missing a required field, clicking the ‘OK’ button will display an error message notifying you to 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 28

re-attach all documents. If you wish to change a CBI attachment to be non-CBI by un-checking 

the ‘CBI’ checkbox, a warning will appear to notify you that un-checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox 

will delete the sanitized file. If you neglect to populate a required field and click the ‘OK’ button, 

an error message will display to indicate the missing field and the application will delete the 

previously attached file.

After you upload a document to be attached, the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window will close 

and the document’s information will be displayed in a table format on the screen. Depending on 

the screen, the attachment table may display the section of the page the file is associated with, 

the file name and file extension of the document, a description of the document, the number of 

pages in the document, and if the document was claimed CBI. The system allows you to delete 

unwanted documents by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ column. To 

view, open, or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the 

document within the ‘File Name’ column of the document table to view previously entered 

document information.

 Type: Select the document type of the document that you upload. This drop-down menu 

contains the following values: ‘Aquatic Ecotoxicity,’ ‘Chemical Structure Diagram,’ ‘Fate,’

‘Gel-permeation chromatography (GPC),’ ‘Genetic Toxicity,’ ‘Health Toxicity,’ ‘IES 

Report,’ ‘Safety Datasheet,’ and ‘Terrestrial Ecotoxicity.’

 Subtype: Select the document type of the document that you upload. This drop-down menu 

contains the following values, which are grouped under specific document types: 

‘Partitioning (e.g., Koc, Kd, Kow, Koa, Henry’s law constant),’ ‘Hydrolysis,’ ‘Fugacity,’

‘Photolysis,’ ‘Monitoring data (e.g. air, water, soil, biota, human),’ ‘Biodegradation,’

‘Bioconcentration Factors/Bioaccumulation Factors (BCF/BAF),’ ‘Material Safety Data 

Sheet/Safety Data Sheet (MSDS/SDS),’ ‘Technical Datasheet,’ ‘Eye Irritation,’ ‘Combined 

Repeated-Dose/Developmental/Reproductive Toxicity,’ ‘Sensitization,’ ‘Carcinogenicity,’

‘Repeated-Dose Toxicity,’ ‘Neurotoxicity,’ ‘Acute Toxicity,’ ‘Developmental Toxicity,’

‘Pharmacokinetics/Metabolism,’ ‘Dermal Irritation,’ ‘Reproductive Toxicity,’ ‘Fish Chronic 

Toxicity,’ ‘Invertebrate Acute Toxicity,’ ‘Invertebrate Chronic Toxicity,’ ‘Algae Toxicity,’

‘Fish Acute Toxicity,’ ‘Chromosomal Aberrations Assay,’ ‘Unscheduled DNA Synthesis,’

‘Genetic Mutation Assay,’ ‘Plant Toxicity,’ ‘Invertebrate Toxicity,’ ‘Avian Toxicity,’ and 

‘Other.’

 Attachment: Click the ‘Browse’ button to generate the ‘File Upload’ window for you to 

search for a particular file on your hard drive. The attached file can be one of the following 

file types: .pdf, .mol, .ppt, .pptx, .xls, .xlsx, .doc, .docx, .rtf, .txt, .gif, .jpg, .png, .bpm, .fas, 

.gbk, or .embl.

 Description: Enter the description associated with the document. Submitters should not 

include any CBI information in the description of the file information. This is a required 

field. 

 Number of Pages: Enter the number of pages in a document. This is a required field. 

 Check to claim the attachment as CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the attached 

document as confidential. Un-checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox for a CBI document generates a 

warning notifying you that un-checking the CBI claim will delete the sanitized file. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 29

 Sanitized Attachment: Click the ‘Browse’ button to generate the ‘File Upload’ window to 

search for a particular file on your hard drive. The attached file can be one of the following 

file types: .pdf, .ppt, .pptx, .xls, .xlsx, .doc, .docx, .rtf, .txt, .gif, .jpg, .png, .bpm, .fas, .gbk, or 

.embl. For any attached document claimed as CBI, you will be required to attach a sanitized 

version of the document. 

 Cancel: Click the button to cancel the attach document process. 

 OK: Click the button to attach and link the document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ 

window to the form. If a field is missing, a warning message will display notifying you that 

all attachments must be re-attached and the missing field must be populated.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 30

Exhibit 3-24 shows the screen capture of the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window:

Exhibit 3-24: Attach Documents Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon in the upper right-hand corner to cancel the 

document attachment process. Click the ‘OK’ button to attach the document to the form and 

navigate back to the original screen from which the document attachment process was initiated. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 31

3.10 Search Substance Registry Services

The ‘Search SRS’ button displays on various screens within a Section 5 Notices and Supports 

form to identify chemicals that may be stored in Substance Registry Services (SRS). 

Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ window. You can search for the reported chemical(s) by either the ‘Chemical Abstracts 

Service Registry Number (CASRN)’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Synonym.’ The system allows 

you to claim the chemical substance(s) as CBI. If zero results are retrieved, the system provides

the option of entering manual chemical information by clicking the ‘Create New Chemical’ 

button. Click the ‘Create New Chemical’ button to generate the ‘Chemical Not Found In 

Substance Registry Services’ window and enter chemical information by filling in the ‘Chemical 

Name’ and ‘CASRN’ under the manual entry field set. 

The system allows you to enter each chemical by clicking the ‘OK’ button located at the bottom 

of the ‘Search SRS’ window. Once you enter all known chemical information and click the ‘OK’ 

button, the chemical information saves and populates into the chemical description table. The 

‘Actions’ column of the chemical table allows you to delete chemicals that have been added. 

 CASRN: Enter the CASRN of the chemical. Either the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or 

Other Synonym’ field is required when searching SRS. 

 CA Index Name or Other Synonym: Enter the chemical abstract ‘(CA) Index Name or 

Other Synonym’ of the chemical. This field displays the following options: ‘Matches 

Exactly,’ ‘Contains,’ and ‘Begins With.’ Either the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other 

Synonym’ field is required when searching SRS. 

 Search: Click the button to initiate the database search for the CASRN or CA Index Name or 

Other Synonym for the desired chemical. 

 Create New Chemical: Click the button to generate the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance 

Registry Services’ pop-up window. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 32

Exhibit 3-25 shows the screen capture of the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop-up 

window:

Exhibit 3-25: Search Substance Registry Services Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘Search’ button on the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ window to 

initiate the database search for the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Synonym.’ After SRS 

returns results, select the chemical, click the ‘OK’ button on the ‘Search SRS’ window, close the 

‘Search Substance Registry Services’ window, and navigate back to the screen from which the 

SRS search was initiated where the chemical information will be populated. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 33

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the entered chemical as confidential. The ‘CBI’ 

checkbox will not be displayed on the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ 

window for the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances,’ ‘Polymer Identification Information,’ 

and the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. 

 Chemical Name: Enter the chemical name. This is a required field. 

 CASRN: Enter the manually entered CASRN, if available.

 Maximum Percent: Enter the maximum percentage for the impurity. This field is displayed 

only in the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ window on the ‘Additional 

Chemical Information’ screen. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ button to navigate back to the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ window. 

 OK: Click the button to enter the manually entered chemical information into the fields on 

the screen from which the SRS search was initiated. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 34

Exhibit 3-26 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window:

Exhibit 3-26: Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘OK’ button to save the manually entered chemical information and 

navigate back to the screen from which the SRS search was initiated where the chemical 

information will be populated. Click the ‘Cancel’ button to navigate back to the ‘Search SRS’ 

pop-up window. Click the ‘X’ located in the upper right corner to close the pop-up window and 

navigate back to the screen from which the SRS search was initiated. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 35

3.11 Facility Registry System (FRS) Search

The ‘FRS Search’ button is displayed on the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen and 

the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen within a Section 5 Notices and Supports form to identify

the sites for which you will be reporting. 

Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to generate the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ window. You 

will be able to search for a site by ‘EPA Registry ID,’ ‘Facility Name,’ ‘Facility Address,’ ‘City,’ 

‘State,’ and/or ‘Postal Code.’ When the results are found, you will be able to add a new site by 

selecting from the FRS results and clicking the ‘Add FRS Entry’ button or by adding a new site 

through the manual entry fields. The system allows each individual site to be claimed as CBI.

 EPA Registry ID: Enter the EPA Registry ID. At least one search parameter must be entered 

in order for results to be returned. 

 Facility Name: Enter the facility name. At least one search parameter must be entered in 

order for results to be returned. 

 Facility Address: Enter the facility address. At least one search parameter must be entered in 

order for results to be returned. 

 City: Enter the facility city. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results 

to be returned. 

 State: Enter the facility state. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for 

results to be returned. 

 Postal Code: Enter the facility postal code. At least one search parameter must be entered in 

order for results to be returned. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the facility information as confidential. 

 Site Alias: Enter the site alias. This is a required field if a joint submission is being filed. 

 Search: Click the button to initiate EPA’s FRS search. 

 Add Manual Entry: Click the button to navigate to the ‘Add Manual Entry’ pop-up 

window.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 36

Exhibit 3-27 shows the screen capture of the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop-up window: 

Exhibit 3-27: Facility Registry System Search Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘Add FRS Entry’ button to input the selected site from the ‘FRS Search’ 

results to the screen from which you initiated the FRS search.

 Add FRS Entry: Click the button to close the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop-up 

window and populate the selected site to the site location table. This button only displays 

once your search for a site has been successfully executed.

 Site Name: Enter the site name. This is a required field if a manually entered site is being 

added.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 37

 Address 1: Enter the first line of the mailing address of the site. This is a required field if a 

manually entered site is being added. 

 Address 2: Enter the second line of the mailing address of the site. 

 City: Enter the city of the mailing address of the site. This is a required field if a manually 

entered site is being added. 

 State: Enter the state of the mailing address of the site. This is a required field if a manually 

entered site is being added. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the mailing address of the site. This is a required field 

if a manually entered site is being added. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the manually entered site as confidential. 

 Site Alias: Enter the site alias for the manually entered site. This is a required field if a joint 

submission is being filed.

 Cancel: Click the button to navigate back to the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop-up 

window. 

 OK: Click the button to populate the entered site information into the table displayed on the 

‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 38

Exhibit 3-28 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Manual Entry’ pop-up window: 

Exhibit 3-28: Add Manual Entry Search Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘OK’ button to add the manually entered site information to the site fields 

on the screen from which you initiated the FRS search.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 39

4 Create Premanufacture Notice (PMN) Form

Anyone who plans to manufacture or import a new chemical substance for a non-exempt 

commercial purpose is required by Section 5 of TSCA to provide EPA with notice before 

initiating the activity, known as a PMN form. This PMN must be submitted at least 90 days prior 

to the manufacture or import of the chemical.

4.1 Create PMN Form

To create a new PMN form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and 

select ‘Premanufacture Notice (PMN)’ from the ‘Form Type’ drop-down menu. Refer to Section 

3.4 for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. 

Refer to Section 3.5 for additional details regarding the creat passphrase process. 

4.1.1 General Form Information

You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Start New Form’ button 

and creating a new passphrase, or by accessing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form that is in 

progress and entering the passphrase associated with the selected form.

The ‘General Form Information’ screen provides fields to input identifying information for the 

specific form. You will have the option to assign a ‘Form Alias’ to identify the form. A unique 

form alias is helpful when a user or company has multiple forms and/or when you must 

differentiate between forms to the help desk. Upon navigating to the ‘General Form Information’ 

screen, the system will auto-generate a default alias comprised of a form type, date stamp and 

time stamp in the following format: <Form Type-YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS Time Zone.>

If you select ‘Premanufacture Notice (PMN)’ or ‘Significant New Use Notice (SNUN)’ from the 

‘Type of Notice’ drop-down menu, the ‘Payment ID’ and the ‘Toxic Substance (TS) Number’

fields are required. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen. If 

you select ‘SNUN’ from the ‘Type of Notice’ drop-down menu, it is recommended that a cover 

letter be provided. Otherwise, a warning message will display during validation of the form. If 

you are not filing a PMN or SNUN, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent 

Information’ screen. If ‘Low Volume Exemption (LVE) @ 40 CFR 723.50(c)(1)’ or ‘LVE 

Modification’ is selected from the ‘Type of Notice’ drop-down menu, a ‘LVE Certification’ 

screen will generate and display during submission. If ‘Low Release/Low Exposure Exemption 

(LOREX) @ 40 CFR 723.50(c)(2)’ or ‘LOREX Modification’ is selected from the ‘Type of 

Notice’ drop-down menu, a ‘LOREX Certification’ screen will generate and display during 

submission. If ‘Test Marketing Exemption Application (TMEA)’ is selected from the ‘Type of 

Notice’ drop-down menu, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. 

The ‘PMN Identification’ section provides fields for you to enter information about other 

communications with EPA by entering a TS number and Payment ID. The TS number is 

determined by the company to identify the form for both payments and connecting related 

submissions when additional communications (Letters of Support, Joint Submissions, and 

corrections) are sent before a PMN/LVE case number has been assigned. The TS number can be 

any six (6) character alphanumeric combination. The TS number should include two (2), three 

(3), or four (4) letters. Company names, recognizable words, and numerical series are not 

recommended. A unique identification number for the form will generate later if a Letter of 

Support or Joint Submission is being filed. The ‘Payment ID’ is a user supplied alphanumeric 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 40

value that corresponds to the method of transactions that you used to submit the user fee (a check 

number, a wire transfer number, or a Pay.gov transaction number). The ‘Payment ID’ is a 

required field when you are filing a PMN or SNUN.

The ‘Test Data’ section provides checkboxes to identify data that is included in the type of notice 

you selected from the ‘Type of Notice’ drop-down menu. The following values will display as 

checkboxes: ‘Environmental fate data,’ ‘Health effects data,’ ‘Environmental effects data,’

‘Physical/Chemical properties,’ ‘Risk assessments,’ ‘Structure/Activity relationships,’ ‘Test data 

not in the possession or control of the submitter,’ and ‘Other data.’

You are required to submit all test data in your possession or control and to provide a description 

of all other data known to or reasonably ascertainable by you, if these data are related to the 

health and environmental effects on the manufacture, processing, distribution in commerce, use, 

or disposal of the new chemical substance. Standard literature citations may be submitted for 

data in the open scientific literature. Complete test data (written in English), not summaries of 

data, must be submitted if they do not appear in the open literature. You should clearly identify

whether test data is on the substance or on an analog. In addition, the chemical composition of 

the tested material should be characterized. 

The ‘Identify whether any of the below options apply’ section provides checkboxes for you to 

indicate how interactions with other companies occur within the form. If the company is filing a 

Joint Submission, a folder generates within the navigation tree for you to enter information 

concerning the Joint Submission. The unique identification number will be generated and sent to 

the joint submitter by the primary submitter and will link the two forms together. You will also 

be able to indicate that a Letter of Support is expected with the original PMN form. The Letter of 

Support will be submitted by a Secondary AO, with a unique identification number linking the 

forms. 

 Form Alias: Captures the form alias. Upon navigating to the screen, the screen will autogenerate an editable form alias in the following format: <Form Type-YYYYMMDDHH:MM:SS Time Zone>. This is a required field. 

 Type of Notice: Select a value to capture the type of notice for the PMN form. Valid values 

include: ‘Premanufacture Notice (PMN),’ ‘Significant New Use Notice (SNUN),’ ‘Test 

Marketing Exemption Application (TMEA),’ ‘Low Volume Exemption (LVE) @ 40 CFR 

723.50 (c)(1),’ ‘Low Release/Low Exposure Exemption (LOREX) @ 40 CFR 723.50(c)(2),’

‘LVE Modification,’ ‘LOREX Modification,’ and ‘Mock Submission.’ A Mock Submission 

is an enforcement case where the chemical was manufactured/imported in the past and is not 

currently being manufactured/imported by the company. This is a required field.

 TS Number: Enter the TS number relating to the PMN form; this field accepts any six (6) 

character alphanumeric combination. The TS number should include two (2), three (3), or 

four (4) letters. Company names, recognizable words, and numerical series are not 

recommended. TS numbers should be unique to this submission and should not be reused in a 

subsequent submission. This field is required if ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ is selected from the ‘Type 

of Notice’ drop-down menu. 

 Payment ID: The ‘Payment ID’ can be entered as free text, but refers to a check number, 

wire transfer number, or a Pay.gov transaction number used to transmit a fee electronically . 

This field is required if either ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ is selected from the ‘Type of Notice’ dropdown menu. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 41

 Environmental fate data: Check the ‘Environmental fate data’ checkbox to indicate that the 

form contains environmental fate data. 

 Health effects data: Check the ‘Health effects data’ checkbox to indicate that the form

contains health effects data. 

 Environmental effects data: Check the ‘Environmental effects data’ checkbox to indicate 

that the form contains environmental effects data.

 Physical/Chemical properties: Check the ‘Physical/Chemical properties’ checkbox to 

indicate that the form contains physical/chemical properties data. 

 Test data not in the possession or control of the submitter: Check the ‘Test data not in the

possession or control of the submitter’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains test data 

not in the possession or control of the submitter. 

 Risk assessments: Check the ‘Risk assessments’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains 

risk assessments data. 

 Structure/Activity relationships: Check the ‘Structure/Activity relationships’ checkbox to 

indicate that the form contains structure/activity relationships data. 

 Other data: Check the ‘Other data’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains other types 

of data. 

 Check here if you are filing a joint PMN: Check the ‘Check here if you are filing a joint 

PMN’ checkbox to indicate that the form is pending a joint PMN form. A ‘Joint Submission’ 

folder will generate within the navigation tree upon clicking the ‘Save’ icon located at the 

bottom of the screen within the action bar or by clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘General 

Form Information’ screen. 

 Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending: Check the ‘Check here if you have a 

Letter of Support pending’ checkbox to indicate that the form is pending a Letter of Support. 

A ‘Letter of Support’ folder will display within the navigation tree upon clicking the ‘Save’ 

icon located at the bottom of the screen within the action bar or by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

on the ‘General Form Information’ screen. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 42

Exhibit 4-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 4-1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 43

Exhibit 4-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 4-2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: If you are filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the 

‘User Fees Certification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘User Fees 

Certification’ link within the navigation tree. If you are not filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ form, 

click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. You can also access this 

screen by clicking the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.1.2 User Fees Certification 

You can access the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen by selecting ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ from the 

‘Type of Notice’ drop-down menu and by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 44

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘User Fees Certification’ 

link within the navigation tree. 

The purpose of the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen is to inform EPA of how the user fees were 

paid. You will have three (3) options to select from to notify EPA which user fee was selected. A 

company will indicate whether ‘$100’ was submitted for a small business, ‘$1,000’ was 

submitted for an intermediate PMN, or ‘$2,500’ was submitted for a large business. You can find 

the specifics of which category to file under by reviewing 40 CFR Section 700.

 The Company named in Part 1, Section A has remitted the fee of $2,500 specified in 40 

CFR 700.45(b): Select this radio button to identify whether you have submitted a user fee in 

the amount of $2,500. One of the three user fee options must be selected. 

 The Company named in Part 1, Section A has remitted the fee of $1,000 for 

Intermediate PMN (defined @ 40 CFR 700.43) in accordance with 40 CFR 700.45(b):

Select this radio button to identify whether you have submitted a user fee in the amount of 

$1,000. One of the three user fee options must be selected.

 The Company named in Part 1, Section A is a small business concern under 40 CFR 

700.43 and has remitted a fee of $100 in accordance with 40 CFR 700.45(b): Select this 

radio button to identify whether you have submitted a user fee in the amount of $100. One of 

the three user fee options must be selected.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 45

Exhibit 4-3 shows the screen capture of the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen:

Exhibit 4-3: User Fees Certification Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.1.3 Agent Information

You can access the ‘Agent Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General 

Form Information’ screen if you are not filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN.’ You can also access this 

screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen if you are filing a 

‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN.’ You can also navigate to this screen by clicking the ‘Agent Information’ link 

within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Agent Information’ screen provides fields for you to enter information regarding all parties 

involved in populating the PMN form. The agent should be a person who can answer questions 

about the form. The ‘Agent Information’ screen displays an ‘Add Agent’ button that generates 

the ‘Add Agent’ pop-up window for you to input the contact information on behalf of whom the 

submission is being made. You will be able to enter multiple agents; if the agent is the same 

individual who is filling out the form, click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to retrieve user 

information entered during CDX registration. The system provides a checkbox for you to claim 

entered contact information as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Each agent will 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 46

have an individual CBI claim. You will be able to enter contact information for each agent, and 

click the ‘OK’ button, which will populate the agent table located on the bottom of the ‘Agent 

Information’ screen. The table allows you to delete agents by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) 

located under the ‘Actions’ column. To edit agent information, click the agent name within the 

‘Last Name’ column, which will generate the ‘Add Agent’ pop-up window with the previously

entered agent information.

 Add Agent: Click the button to generate the ‘Add Agent’ pop-up window to enter multiple 

agents into a table format. 

 Last Name: Displays the last name of the reported agent. Click the ‘Last Name’ link to 

generate the ‘Add Agent’ pop-up window and edit the agent information. 

 First Name: Displays the first name of the reported agent. 

 Address: Displays the mailing address of the reported agent. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of the agent information by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete specific agents. A warning message displays 

to confirm deletion of the agent information. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 47

Exhibit 4-4 shows the screen capture of the ‘Agent Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-4: Agent Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

 Click here to copy your information from CDX Registration: Click the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button to populate the fields with your contact information provided during 

CDX registration. The system displays a prompt confirming the import of CDX registration 

information. 

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim agent information as confidential.

 First Name: Enter the agent’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ 

button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a 

required field.

 Last Name: Enter the agent’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ 

button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a 

required field. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 48

 Position: Enter the agent’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the agent’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the agent’s daytime phone number: U.S. or international. This field 

does not allow dashes. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields

populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the agent’s email address. The email address must follow the standard 

email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ 

button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a 

required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked 

the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during 

CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked 

the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during 

CDX registration.

 City: Enter the city of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. 

This is a required field. 

 State: Select the state of the agent’s mailing address from the drop-down menu. If you have 

clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered 

during CDX registration. This is a required field if the ‘Country’ field is set to ‘United 

States.’ 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked the

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 Country: Select the country of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy

CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 49

Exhibit 4-5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Agent’ window:

Exhibit 4-5: Add Agent Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button or the ‘X’ icon in the upper right-hand corner to stop the 

process of adding agent information and navigate back to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. Click 

the ‘OK’ button to populate the entered agent information and navigate back to the ‘Agent 

Information’ screen.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 50

4.1.4 Technical Contact Information

You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘Agent Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical 

Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree.

The technical contact should be able to answer, or obtain answers to, questions related to the 

chemical submitted to EPA within the PMN form. The technical contact does not have to 

physically work at the site reported on the form, but must be readily available by phone or email. 

The system provides functionality to enter multiple technical contacts. If the contact is the same 

person who is filling out the form, the system presents a ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button for you 

to retrieve your user information from CDX. You will enter the contact information for each 

technical contact within the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window and click the ‘OK’ button at the 

bottom of the window, which will populate the technical contacts table located on the bottom of 

the screen. The table provides functionality for you to delete a technical contact by clicking the 

‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ column. To edit technical contact information, 

click the technical contact name within the ‘Last Name’ column. The system provides 

functionality for you to claim entered contact information as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ 

checkbox. 

 Add Technical Contact: Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate the ‘Add

Technical Contact’ pop-up window, which provides fields for you to enter technical contact 

information. 

 Last Name: Displays the last name of the reported technical contact. Click the ‘Last Name’ 

link to edit the technical contact information. 

 First Name: Displays the first name of the reported technical contact. 

 Address: Displays the address of the reported technical contact. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of the technical contact information by displaying either a ‘Y’ 

or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete specific technical contacts. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 51

Exhibit 4-6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-6: Technical Contact Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical 

contact information. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Submission 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Submission 

Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

 Click here to copy your information from CDX Registration: Click the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button to populate the fields with your contact information provided during 

CDX registration. A prompt will display confirming the import of CDX registration 

information. 

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the 

technical contact information as confidential. If the ‘CBI’ checkbox is checked before 

clicking the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the ‘CBI’ checkbox will become unchecked 

upon navigating back to the screen after copying CDX registration information. To claim a 

technical contact as confidential, check the ‘CBI’ checkbox after importing CDX registration 

information. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 52

 First Name: Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. 

This is a required field. 

 Position: Enter the technical contact’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you have clicked the

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the technical contact’s daytime phone number. If you have clicked 

the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during 

CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow 

the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. 

This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration.

 City: Enter the technical contact’s U.S. city of the mailing address. If you have clicked the

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 State: Select the state of the technical contact’s mailing address from the drop-down menu. If 

you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have 

clicked the ‘Copy CDX registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered 

during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’ 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 53

Exhibit 4-7 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window:

Exhibit 4-7: Add Technical Contact Window

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon located in the upper-right corner to stop the 

process of adding technical contact information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save and populate the 

entered technical contact information and navigate back to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ 

screen. 

4.1.5 Additional Submission Information

You can access the ‘Additional Submission Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

from the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Additional Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Additional Submission Information’ screen gathers resources concerning the PMN form 

that references generic information for the form that allows EPA to set a base point for the 

project.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 54

The ‘Prenotice Communication Number’ is a number given to a user during past communication 

with EPA. This number is required if you are filing a consolidated PMN. EPA must approve all 

consolidated PMN forms prior to submission. The system will require that you either enter a 

number into the text field or check the ‘None’ checkbox. 

EPA uses the ‘Previously Submitted Notice Number’ to continue the link of past, current, and 

future documents. This number allows EPA to associate previous renditions of the current 

submission in the PMN process. The system will require that you either enter a case number into 

the text field or check the ‘None’ checkbox. 

The ‘Bona Fide Intent Notice Number’ is listed to show the company previously contacted EPA 

to determine whether the chemical in question was previously listed on the TSCA inventory. The 

system will require that you either enter a number into the text field or check the ‘None’ 

checkbox. 

On this screen, a company must also declare whether the newly registered chemical will be 

manufactured or imported. You will have the option to select ‘Manufacture’ and/or ‘Import’ and 

depending on whether the company only intends to do one of the available options, the system 

provides ‘Binding’ checkboxes to indicate a binding option. 

The binding option demonstrates that you intend to only do the one option selected and would be 

willing to legally bind to that situation if EPA chooses to regulate that chemical. The purpose of 

the binding option is to enable EPA (if necessary) to efficiently negotiate with a PMN submitter 

the development of §5(e) consent orders and promulgate Significant New Use Rules (SNUR) for 

those new chemical substances that the Agency determines may present an unreasonable risk if 

certain control actions are not implemented. This option is intended to reduce delays that can 

slow the development of consent orders. At one time, SNUR were limited to environmental 

release activities and certain industrial, commercial, or consumer activities, but now they can 

include other important activities, such as protection in the workplace and hazard 

communications. Control measures instituted by the submitter to reduce exposures and/or 

releases of the substance may have a direct bearing on the Agency's conclusions regarding risk. 

Therefore, you may wish to indicate your willingness to be bound to certain submitted 

information on the form, which relates to the issue of potential risk such as use, production 

volume, protective equipment, engineering controls, and/or process description. By indicating 

your willingness to make these commitments, you would be indicating an interest in future 

negotiations if the Agency deems them necessary. 

 Prenotice Communication Number - None: Check the ‘None’ checkbox for the ‘Prenotice 

Communication Number’ to indicate that there is no prenotice communication number. Uncheck the ‘None’ checkbox to re-generate a ‘Prenotice Communication Number’ field and 

enter a value. 

 Prenotice Communication Number: Enter the prenotice communication number to 

associate with a previous contact with EPA. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an individual 

entry. Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual entry. Click 

the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add entries. 

This field is required if a form is a consolidated submission. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an individual prenotice communication number as 

confidential.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 55

 Previously Submitted Notice Number - None: Check the ‘None’ checkbox for the 

‘Previously Submitted Notice Number’ to indicate that there is no previously submitted 

notice number. Un-check the ‘None’ checkbox to re-generate a ‘Previously Submitted Notice 

Number’ field and enter a value. 

 Previously Submitted Notice Number: Enter the previously submitted notice number to 

associate with a previous contact with EPA. This number must be entered in a case number 

format and accepts alphanumeric characters and dashes. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an 

individual entry. Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual 

entry. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to 

add entries. This field is required, or the ‘None’ checkbox must be checked.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an individual previously submitted notice number

as confidential. 

 Bona Fide Intent Notice Number - None: Check the ‘None’ checkbox for the ‘Bona Fide 

Intent Notice Number’ to indicate that there is no bona fide intent notice number. Un-check 

the ‘None’ checkbox to re-generate a ‘Bona Fide Intent Notice Number’ field and enter a 

value. 

 Bona Fide Intent Notice Number: Enter the bona fide intent notice number to associate 

with a previous contact with EPA. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an individual entry. 

Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual entry. Click the 

‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add entries. This 

field is required, or the ‘None’ checkbox must be checked.

 Bona Fide Intent Notice Number – CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an individual 

bona fide intent notice number as confidential. 

 Manufacture: Check the ‘Manufacture’ checkbox to claim the intent to manufacture. 

 Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim intent to manufacture information as 

binding. 

 Import: Check the ‘Import’ checkbox to claim the intent to import. 

 Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim intent to import information as binding. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 56

Exhibit 4-8 shows the screen capture of the ‘Additional Submission Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-8: Additional Submission Information Screen

Navigation: If you are not filing a Joint or Letter of Support submission, click the ‘Next’ button 

to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking 

the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. If you are submitting a Joint 

Submission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen. You 

can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. If you have a Letter of Support pending and are not submitting a joint 

submission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ 

screen. You can also navigate to this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter 

Information’ link within the navigation tree. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 57

4.1.6 Joint Submitter Information

You can access the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Additional Submission Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Joint Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Add Joint Submission’ 

link within the navigation tree to add an additional joint submitter; a maximum of two joint 

submitters may be listed in a PMN form. 

The ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen is used to enter contact information regarding the joint

submitter that will be submitting separate information regarding the PMN form. The joint

submitter will be sent the unique identification number by the primary submitter. Only two joint 

submitters may be listed. 

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the joint submitter contact information as 

confidential. 

 First Name: Enter the joint submitter’s first name. This is a required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the joint submitter’s last name. This is a required field. 

 Position: Enter the joint submitter’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the joint submitter’s company name. This is a required field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the joint submitter’s daytime phone number; U.S. or international. 

This field does not accept dashes. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the joint submitter’s email address. The email address must follow the 

standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the joint submitter’s mailing address. This is a 

required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the joint submitter’s mailing address. 

 City: Enter the city of the joint submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field. 

 State: Select the state of the joint submitter’s mailing address from the drop-down menu. 

This is a required field. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the joint submitter’s mailing address. This is a required 

field. 

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’ 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 58

Exhibit 4-9 shows the screen capture of the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-9: Joint Submitter Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen.

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submission Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

4.1.7 Joint Submission Information

You can access the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint 

Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 59

The ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen is used as a communication point between two 

companies. The ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen displays fields that capture information to 

pass to the joint submitter. A text box is used to send information to the joint submitter in an 

unencrypted email sent by the primary submitter. A ‘Unique Identifier for Joint Submissions’ 

box will also display on this screen. The unique identification number auto-generates when a 

user declares a joint submission is being established. 

Joint Submission Process: When you designate that a joint submission is being filed, you will 

be asked to enter all the information within the ‘Joint Submission’ folder. When the primary

submitter navigates to the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen, the primary submitter can 

choose to send an email to the joint submitter identified on the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ 

screen. The email will contain the unique identification number that will link the two forms. 

When the joint submitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and creates 

a new form, the joint submitter will be prompted to enter the unique identification number on the 

‘Create Passphrase’ screen. Once the unique identification number has been entered, the system 

will link the primary and joint forms. The original notice will not undergo a review process until 

all forms have been received. 

 Joint Submission Information Instructions: Enter the information that the primary

submitter is sending to the joint submitter. 

 Joint Submission Informational Text: Displays instructional text provided by OPPT, the 

unique identification number automatically generated for the form, and provides functionality

to email the unique identification number to the joint submitter by clicking the ‘Notify the 

Secondary Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link. 

 Unique Identification Number: The unique identification number is a random number autogenerates to pass on to the joint submitter to create a joint submission. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 60

Exhibit 4-10 shows the screen capture of the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-10: Joint Submission Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Notify the Secondary Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link to access 

the unique identifier notification pop-up window. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the 

‘Chemical Identification’ screen if you are not filing a Letter of Support form. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. Click 

the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen if you are 

submitting a Letter of Support. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support 

Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 61

4.1.8 Notify Joint Submitter of Joint Submission Information

You can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link from the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen. 

The unique identifier notification window is used to notify the joint submitter of the unique 

identification number. The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for you to 

add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and 

an ‘Additional Comments’ text box. 

 From: Displays the email address of the logged in user that created the form.

 CC: This field automatically populates with the email address of the logged in user that 

created the original form and the email address of the technical contact. 

 To: Contains instructional text for you to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the 

editable email address of the joint submitter specified on the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ 

screen; this email address will be pre-populated upon navigating to the window. Enter any 

additional email addresses that the email should be sent to. 

 Subject: Displays ‘YYYY Primary PMN’ in an editable text field that can be modified as 

needed. 

 Message: Contains a pre-determined message that will display in the email sent to a joint

submitter. 

 Additional Comments: Enter any other additional comments or instructions that can be 

passed onto the joint submitter.

 Send: Click the ‘Send’ button to generate and send the email to the email addresses 

identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 62

Exhibit 4-11 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window:

Exhibit 4-11: Unique Identifier Notification Window

Navigation: Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the joint submitter and navigate back to 

the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 63

4.1.9 Letter of Support Submitter Information

Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen to access the ‘Letter of 

Support Submitter Information’ screen if a Letter of Support is pending. You can also access this 

screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

If you are only filing a Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional 

Submission Information’ screen to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ 

screen. Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree to add extra Letters of 

Support. 

The ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen is used to enter contact information for the 

Letter of Support submitter who will be entering separate information regarding the PMN form. 

The unique identification number will be sent to the Letter of Support submitter via the email 

address provided. 

An unlimited number of Letters of Support can be identified for each form. 

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the Letter of Support submitter contact information as 

confidential. 

 First Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s first name. This is a required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s last name. This is a required field. 

 Position: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s company name. This is a required 

field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s daytime phone number; U.S. or 

international. This field does not accept dashes. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s email address. The email address 

must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. 

This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing 

address. 

 City: Enter the city of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required 

field. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This 

is a required field. 

 Country: Select the country of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the 

drop-down menu. This is a required field.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 64

Exhibit 4-12 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-12: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support 

Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.1.10 Letter of Support Submission Information

You can navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen by clicking the 

‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access 

this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

The ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen is used as a communication point 

between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen displays fields 

that capture information to pass to the Letter of Support submitter. A field titled ‘Special 

Information’ is used to send information to the Letter of Support submitter in an email sent by

the primary submitter. A ‘Unique Identifier for Letter of Support Submissions’ box will also 

display on this screen. The unique identification number generates when you declare a Letter of 

Support is being established. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 65

Letter of Support Submission Process: When you designate that a Letter of Support is 

pending, you will be asked to enter all the information within the ‘Letter of Support’ folder. 

When the primary submitter chooses to, the system will send an email to the Letter of Support

submitter designated on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. The email will 

contain the unique identification number that will link the two forms. 

When the Letter of Support submitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’

screen and clicks the ‘Start New Form’ button, the Letter of Support submitter will be prompted 

to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. Once the unique 

identification number has been entered, the system will link the primary and Letter of Support 

forms. Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree to add extra Letters of 

Support as needed.

 Letter of Support Submission Information Instructions: Enter the information that the 

primary submitter is sending to the Letter of Support submitter. 

 Letter of Support Submission Informational Text: Displays instructional text provided by

EPA, the unique identification number generated for the form, and provides functionality to 

email the unique identification number to the Letter of Support submitter by clicking the 

‘Notify the Secondary Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link. 

 Unique Identification Number: The unique identification number is a random number autogenerated to pass on to the Letter of Support submitter to create a Letter of Support form. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 66

Exhibit 4-13 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-13: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Notify the Secondary Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link 

to navigate to the unique identifier notification window. Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link to 

file two or more Letters of Support. Click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the 

navigation tree to generate and access the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen. 

If you are editing a form, click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submission’ screen 

to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen if you are on the second ‘Letter of Support’ 

folder or are only filing one Letter of Support form. You can also access this screen by clicking 

the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 67

4.1.11 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information

You can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support Submission 

Information’ screen. 

The unique identifier notification window is used to notify the Letter of Support submitter of the 

unique identification number. The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for 

you to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ 

field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box. 

 From: Displays the email address of the logged in user that created the form.

 CC: This automatically populates with the email address of the logged in user that created 

the form and the email address of the technical contact. 

 To: Contains instructional text for you to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the 

editable email address of the Letter of Support submitter specified on the ‘Letter of Support 

Submitter’ screen; this email address is pre-populated upon navigating to the unique 

identifier notification window.

 Subject: Displays ‘YYYY Primary PMN’ in an editable text field that can be modified as 

needed. 

 Message: Displays a pre-determined message in the email sent to a Letter of Support

submitter. 

 Additional Comments: Enter any other additional comments or instructions to pass onto the 

Letter of Support submitter.

 Send: Click the ‘Send’ button to generate and send the email to the email addresses 

identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 68

Exhibit 4-14 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window:

Exhibit 4-14: Unique Identifier Notification Window

Navigation: Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Letter of Support submitter and 

navigate back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 69

4.1.12 Chemical Identification 

Click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree to generate and access the 

‘Chemical Identification’ screen. 

If you are editing a form where the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen has already been generated, 

click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Submission Information’ screen to navigate to the 

‘Chemical Identification’ screen if you are not filing a joint or Letter of Support submission. 

Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen to navigate to the 

‘Chemical Identification’ screen if you are filing a Joint Submission and not a Letter of Support. 

Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen to navigate 

to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen if you are filing a Letter of Support submission. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Chemical Identification’ screen identifies the type of chemical the submitter will be 

entering into the application. You will be able to file a PMN form for a class 1 or 2 chemical 

substance or a polymer. Based on your selection, the appropriate screens for the respective 

chemical will appear. If you select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, clicking 

the ‘Save’ icon within the bottom action bar, or clicking the ‘Next’ button will generate the 

‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen within the navigation tree. If you identify the 

chemical as a polymer by selecting the ‘Polymer’ radio button, clicking the ‘Save’ icon within 

the bottom action bar, or clicking the ‘Next’ button will generate the ‘Polymer Identification 

Information’ screen and the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen within the navigation tree. 

This screen provides a field to identify an alias for the chemical substance. The chemical alias is 

required if a Joint Submission or Letter of Support is being filed and will rename the chemical 

folder within the navigation tree. The alias field will allow you to identify chemicals in a 

consolidated chemical submission. 

 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance: Select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button 

to indicate that the chemical is a class 1 or 2 substance. If you select the ‘Polymer’ radio 

button after initially selecting the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, the 

application generates an error message warning you that you will lose all data for this 

chemical if the chemical type changes. Selecting either the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ 

or ‘Polymer’ radio button is required. 

 Polymer: Select the ‘Polymer’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is a polymer. If you 

select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button after initially selecting the 

‘Polymer’ radio button, the application generates an error message warning you that you will 

lose all data for this chemical if the chemical type changes. Selecting either the ‘Class 1 or 2 

Chemical Substance’ or ‘Polymer’ radio button is required.

 Chemical Alias: Enter the chemical alias to associate with a chemical. This field will autogenerate a chemical alias in the navigation tree upon leaving the screen if this field is left 

blank. This field is required if the form is pending a Joint Submission or a Letter of Support. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 70

Exhibit 4-15 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-15: Chemical Identification Screen

Navigation: If you selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ 

button to navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. You can also access this 

screen by clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ link within the navigation tree. If you 

selected the ‘Polymer’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Polymer

Identification Information’ screen. You can also navigate to this screen by clicking the ‘Polymer 

Identification Information’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Add Consolidated 

Chemical’ link within the navigation tree to add a consolidated chemical after selecting a 

chemical type. 

4.1.13 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances

You can navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen if you selected the ‘Class 1 or 

2 Chemical Substance’ radio button on the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen and clicked the 

‘Next’ button. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical 

Substances’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter information 

describing the chemical for which the PMN is to be filed. This screen will outline the unique 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 71

chemical properties that show the name, composition, and structure of the chemical. The system 

provides fields for you to identify several key aspects concerning a chemical’s identity. 

For a single component submission, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application 

generates an expandable/collapsible field set containing numerous fields for you to enter 

information pertaining to that particular chemical.

For a multi-component submission, create another field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button. Multi-component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals 

are always generated together in a single pot and are never isolated. Upon clicking the ‘Add 

Chemical Component’ button, the application generates a field set containing numerous fields 

for you to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. Enter additional chemical 

components, each with unique identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button for each additional chemical that is part of the multi-component mixture. All 

multi-component chemicals will reside in one chemical folder in the navigation tree. 

For a consolidated submission, create and identify chemicals in separate chemical folders by 

clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree.

If you select the ‘Class 1’ radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen, click 

the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen. If you select the 

‘Class 2’ radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen, click the ‘Next’ button 

to navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen.

For a class 1 substance chemical structure diagram, provide a complete and correct chemical 

structure diagram. A class 1 structural diagram should clearly and completely indicate the 

identity of the atoms and the nature and location of the bonds joining the atoms. Provide ionic 

charges and known stereo chemical details. Carbon atoms in ring systems do not need to be 

explicitly shown.

For a class 2 substance chemical structure diagram: 

1) List the immediate precursor substances with their respective Chemical Abstracts Service 

(CAS) Registry Numbers (CASRN). 

2) Describe the nature of the reaction or process. 

3) Indicate the range of composition and the typical composition (where appropriate). 

4) Provide a correct representative or partial chemical structure diagram, as complete as can 

be known, if one can be reasonably ascertained. 

Provide partial, complete, or representative structural diagrams to the extent possible. The 

diagram should indicate the characteristic or variable compositional structural components of the 

substance. If you are unsure of the exact structure, provide the best information you have and 

indicate that it is your best estimate of the chemical structure. 

 Add Chemical Component: Click the button to generate the class 1 or 2 chemical 

substances expandable/collapsible field set. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 72

‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ 

link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not 

currently editable.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. 

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 B.1.a Class of Substance: In section B.1.a, you identify whether a ‘Class 1’ or ‘Class 2’ 

chemical substance is being reported. When you select the ‘Class 2’ chemical substance radio 

button, you indicate that some portions of the structure may not be known and a ‘Class 2 

Substances’ screen will appear within the navigation tree after clicking the ‘Next’ button for 

you to enter information concerning how the chemical was created. If multiple ‘Class 2’ 

chemical components are added, only one ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen will generate that

applies to all the components. You may claim the chemical substance class as confidential by

checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Either a ‘Class 1’ or ‘Class 2’ radio button must be selected. 

 Class 1: Select the ‘Class 1’ radio button to identify the chemical as a ‘Class 1’ substance. A 

‘Class 1’ substance is a single molecular entity that can be represented by a single, definite 

structural diagram. Either the ‘Class 1’ or the ‘Class 2’ radio button in the ‘B.1.a. Class of 

Substance’ section is required. 

 Class 2: Select the ‘Class 2’ radio button to identify the chemical as a ‘Class 2’ substance. A 

‘Class 2’ substance is a substance whose composition cannot be represented by a single, 

definite chemical structural diagram. Class 2 substances include substances of unknown, 

variable, or uncertain composition, complex mixtures or reaction products, or well-defined 

substances without specific structures. Either the ‘Class 1’ or the ‘Class 2’ radio button in the 

‘B.1.a. Class of Substance’ section is required. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Class of Substance’ as confidential. 

 Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window.

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN of the chemical identified on the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window, if applicable.

 Chemical Name: Displays the chemical name of the chemical identified on the ‘Search 

Substance Registry Services’ pop-up window. For class 1 substances, a ‘Chemical Abstracts 

(CA) Index Name’ must be provided. For class 2 substances either a ‘CA Index Name’ or 

‘CA Preferred Name’ must be provided, whichever is appropriate based on current CA 

nomenclature rules and conventions. This is a required field. 

This image 

cannot 

currently be 

displayed.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 73

 Generic Chemical Name: Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field 

only displays when ‘CASRN’ and ‘Chemical Name’ are marked as ‘CBI.’ This is a required 

field. 

 Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service): Select the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert 

Service)’ radio button to identify the ID Method as the CAS Inventory Expert Service (IES) 

method and generate the ‘IES Order #’ field. A copy of the identification report obtained 

from the CAS Inventory Expert Services must be submitted as an attachment to this notice; 

an IES report is required. For a consolidated submission, each chemical must be ‘Method 1’ 

except when the submission is pending a Letter of Support for that chemical. A single 

response option in the ‘B.1.c ID Method’ section is required.

 Method 2 (Other Method): Select the ‘Method 2 (Other Method)’ radio button to identify

the ID method as ‘Other Method.’ An alternative method of providing a name, such as a 

Scientific and Technical Information Network (STN) database report or a CAS Client 

Services report, qualifies as ‘Method 2.’ The chemical can only be ‘Method 2’ if the

consolidated submission is pending a Letter of Support. A single response option in the 

‘B.1.c ID Method’ section is required.

 IES Order #: Enter the IES order number of the report. This field only displays when the 

‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button is selected. This is a required field. 

 Molecular Formula: Enter the molecular formula associated with a chemical. The molecular 

formula must give the correct identity and number of atoms of each element contained in the 

PMN molecule or a description if the substance is a class 2 material. The system will not 

allow subscripts and superscripts to be used. This is a required field. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Molecular Formula’ data as confidential. 

 Section: Select the section of the page the file is associated with that you intend to attach

from the drop-down menu. This drop-down menu contains the following values: ‘Chemical 

Structure Diagram’ and ‘ID Method.’ This is a required field in order to upload an 

attachment.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.9 for further details regarding the attach document

functionality. 

 Section: Displays the section associated with a document.

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document.

 Save: Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field 

set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button located within the bottom action 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 74

bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to 

navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. 

Exhibit 4-16 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 

1): 

Exhibit 4-16: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 75

Exhibit 4-17 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 

2): 

Exhibit 4-17: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: If you select the ‘Class 1’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the 

‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Additional Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you select the ‘Class 2’ 

radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Class 2 Substances’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.1.14 Class 2 Substances

You can navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen when you select the ‘Class 2’ radio button for the 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 76

‘Class of Substance’ field. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Class 2 Substances’ 

link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen captures information regarding a class 2 chemical substance. A 

class 2 chemical substance is a substance that may not have a defined chemical structure that has 

been identified. This screen provides fields to identify specific elements in the creation of the 

chemical using the following fields: ‘Precursor Substances,’ ‘Nature of Reaction,’ and ‘Range of 

Composition.’

Enter precursor substances by searching SRS or using manual entry when the substance is not in 

SRS. The selected substances will display in a table listing the ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘CASRN.’

The system provides fields to capture ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ in text 

boxes. The text boxes for both ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ can be claimed 

as CBI. 

 B.1.e.1. Precursor Substances: This table captures the chemicals identified as immediate 

precursor substances, along with the respective CASRNs, if applicable. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the precursor substances information as 

confidential. 

 Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window. 

 Chemical Name: Displays the chemical name associated with a precursor substance. Click 

the ‘Chemical Name’ link to generate the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window to make edits. 

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN, if applicable, associated with a precursor substance. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire chemical row permanently from the 

system. A warning message will display to confirm the deletion of the chemical. 

 B.1.e.2. Nature of Reaction: Enter the nature of the reaction or process description. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the nature of reaction information as confidential. 

 B.1.e.3 Range of Composition: Enter the range of composition and the typical composition

description. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the range of composition information as 

confidential. 

 Section: Select the section of the page the document you intend to attach is associated with

from the drop-down menu. This is a required field. 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window and initiate the document upload process. Refer to Section 3.9 for further 

details regarding the attach document functionality. 

 Section: Displays the section associated with a document. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach 

Documents’ window. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 77

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 

Exhibit 4-18 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-18: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 1) 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 78

Exhibit 4-19 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-19: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ 

screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ link 

within the navigation tree. 

4.1.15 Additional Chemical Information

You can navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen by selecting the ‘Class 1 or 2 

Chemical Substance’ radio button on the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen, selecting the ‘Class 1’ 

radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen and clicking the ‘Next’ button. 

You can also access the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen by selecting the ‘Class 2’ 

radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen then clicking the ‘Next’ button on 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 79

the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen. You can also navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ 

screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. You can 

also navigate to this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

The ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen captures information regarding the chemicals 

produced as byproducts and impurities when a chemical is manufactured. This screen also 

captures other names for the chemical at hand in the ‘Synonyms’ and ‘Trade Identification’ 

tables. 

An ‘Impurities’ table displays information regarding the impurities that may be reasonably 

anticipated to be in the respective chemical or polymer as manufactured for commercial purpose. 

To populate the table, click the ‘Search SRS’ button to access the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window.

You will also be able to enter a chemical using the ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘CASRN’ field (if 

applicable) on the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ pop-up window. If 

there are unidentified impurities, enter “unidentified.” You also have the option of claiming the 

chemical as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. A ‘Maximum %’ field is also 

displayed which captures the maximum percentage for the impurity. Documents may be attached 

for the ‘Impurities’ section. 

A ‘Byproducts’ table provides fields to capture information regarding the byproducts that may be 

produced from the manufacture of the respective chemical or polymer. To populate the table, 

click the ‘Search SRS’ button to access the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window and populate the table. 

You will also be able to enter data and attach documents for the ‘Byproducts’ section. You may

associate a CASRN with a byproduct (if applicable) and check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim a 

byproduct as confidential.

A ‘Synonyms’ table provides fields to capture the synonyms that the respective chemical or 

polymer may be referred to in the documentation. A maximum of five synonyms can be entered 

in the table. The chemical synonyms will not be populated using the search SRS functionality. 

You may attach documents associated with the ‘Synonyms’ section to provide additional 

synonyms.

A ‘Trade Identification’ table provides fields to capture information about the trade names by

which the respective chemical or polymer may be referred in documentation. There is no limit to 

the number of trade names that may be added. You may attach a document associated with the 

‘Trade Identification’ section to provide additional trade names if necessary.

The ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window provides fields to upload documents related to the 

‘Impurities,’ ‘Byproducts,’ ‘Synonyms,’ and/or ‘Trade Identification’ section(s). To add a 

document, select the section of the page the document is associated with from the ‘Section’ dropdown menu, and click the ‘Attach Document’ button. Clicking the ‘Attach Document’ button 

generates the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. The system provides a ‘CBI’ checkbox to 

claim the uploaded document as confidential. If you claim a document as CBI, the system 

requires you to upload the sanitized version of the attached document. 

If the sanitized version of the document is not provided, the Section 5 Notices and Supports form

will fail validation upon navigating away from the ‘Attach Documents’ window. To view or edit 

previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File 

Name’ column of the ‘Attachments’ table.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 80

The ‘Attachments’ table displays the section of the page the document is associated with, the file 

name and file extension of the document, the document description, the number of pages in the 

document, and if the document was claimed CBI. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the 

‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents. Click a file name link in the ‘File Name’ 

column to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window to view and/or edit an attached 

document.

 Impurity: Displays the name of the impurity. An impurity is a chemical substance that you 

did not intend to be present with your PMN substance. Your intent is thus the primary

determinant as to impurity status. List all known impurities that are present, regardless of 

their weight percent. List the expected maximum percentage of each impurity and indicate its 

confidentiality status. An impurity may be suggestive of chemical precursors or chemical 

processes. Click the ‘Impurity’ link to navigate to the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ 

pop-up window to edit chemical information for an impurity. 

 CASRN: Displays the Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number for the impurity (if 

applicable). 

 Maximum %: Displays the maximum percentage for the impurity. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of the impurity by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Action: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire impurity entry permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 

 Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.10 for further details regarding the search SRS

functionality. 

 Byproduct Name: Displays the name of the byproduct. Describe any byproducts resulting 

from the manufacture, processing, use, or disposal of the new chemical substance. List any 

byproducts that you reasonably anticipate will result from the manufacture, processing, use 

and disposal of the new chemical substance at sites under your control. Clicking the 

‘Byproduct Name’ link generates the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop-up window

to view and/or edit byproduct information. Provide the specific chemical name, CAS 

numbers if they can be determined, and the confidential status of the byproducts formed. If 

no byproducts are formed, enter “None” or leave the section blank. 

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN for the byproduct (if applicable). 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of the byproduct by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’

 Action: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire byproduct entry permanently from 

the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 

 Synonym: Enter the synonym of the chemical; there is a maximum of five chemical 

synonyms that can be added in the ‘Synonyms’ table. Additional synonyms can be provided

in an attachment. Synonyms include common chemical names used in scientific or technical 

literature, and code numbers or code names referenced in the PMN and its attachments. 

Indicate which synonyms may be proprietary and require CBI protection. Chemical name 

synonyms must be consistent with the chemical structure and thus not misleading. If you add 

a blank, editable line in this table and click the ‘Next’ button, no error will display indicating 

that the blank line should be saved or deleted. If text is entered in a blank field and you click 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 81

the ‘Next’ button, the application will save the entered value. If you click the ‘Form’ icon (

), edit the entered values and click the ‘Next’ button without saving the changed value, an 

error will generate. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Synonym’ field set as confidential. 

 Action: Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add a new text field for synonyms. Click the ‘Save’ icon 

( ) to save a chemical synonym. Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) that appears after saving to edit 

a chemical synonym. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a previously added chemical 

synonym. 

 Trade Identification: Enter the trade identification name. List any trade name that is used or 

will be used for the neat chemical substance, whether or not they are registered 

brands/trademarks. There is no limit to the number of trade names that can be added. Indicate

the CBI status of trade names. If you add a blank, editable line in this table and click the 

‘Next’ button, no error will display indicating that the blank line should be saved or deleted. 

If text is entered in a blank field and you click the ‘Next’ button, the application will save the 

entered value. If you click the ‘Edit’ icon, change the entered value(s) and click the ‘Next’ 

button without saving the changed value(s), an error message will generate. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the trade identification section as confidential. 

 Action: Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add a new text field for trade identification names. Click 

the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save a chemical synonym. Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) to edit a 

chemical synonym. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a previously added trade 

identification name. 

 Section: Select the section of the page with which the document is associated from the dropdown menu. This drop-down menu contains the following values: ‘Byproducts,’ ‘Impurities,’ 

‘Synonyms,’ and ‘Trade Identification.’ This is a required field. 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.9 for further details regarding the attach document 

functionality. 

 Section: Displays the section of the page with which the document is associated.

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 82

Exhibit 4-20 shows the screen capture of the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen (Scroll 

1):

Exhibit 4-20: Additional Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 83

Exhibit 4-21 shows the screen capture of the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen (Scroll 

2):

Exhibit 4-21: Additional Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Production Volume and 

Hazard/Safety Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.1.16 Polymer Identification Information

You can access the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

from the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen when you select the ‘Polymer’ radio button. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ link within the 

navigation tree after selecting the ‘Polymer’ radio button on the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 84

The ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen captures information describing the polymer(s)

for which the PMN will be filed. This screen will outline the unique chemical properties that 

show the name, composition, and structure of the polymer. The system will provide fields for 

you to identify several key aspects concerning a polymer’s identity.

You can create a chemical component by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon 

clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, an expandable/collapsible field set generates

that contains numerous fields that pertain to the particular polymer. You are able to enter 

multiple chemical components, each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button for each chemical you wish to identify.

For a single component submission, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application 

generates a field set containing numerous fields that captures information pertaining to that 

particular chemical.

For a multi-component submission, click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to create a field 

set. Multi-component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals always generate

together in a single pot and are never isolated. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ 

button, the application generates a field set that provides numerous fields to enter information 

pertaining to that particular chemical. Enter additional chemical components, each with unique 

identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each additional 

chemical that is part of the multi-component mixture. All multi-component chemicals will reside 

in one chemical folder in the navigation tree.

For a consolidated submission, create separate chemical folders by clicking the ‘Add 

Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree. A form may contain a maximum of six 

(6) separate chemical folders. 

 Add Chemical Component: Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to generate a 

polymer identification information expandable/collapsible field set.

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The 

‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ 

link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not 

currently editable.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. 

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 85

 Search SRS: Click the button to generate the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window. Refer to Section 

3.10 for additional details regarding the search SRS functionality.

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN of the chemical identified on the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up 

window, if applicable.

 Chemical Name: Displays the name of the chemical that has been identified on the ‘Search 

SRS’ pop-up window. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to identify the chemical as confidential.

 B.6 Generic chemical name: Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field 

displays when ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘CASRN’ are claimed CBI. This is a required field. 

 Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service): Select the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert 

Service)’ radio button to identify the ID method as the ‘CAS Inventory Expert Service’ 

method. Submit a copy of the identification report obtained from the CAS Inventory Expert 

Services as an attachment to this notice. For a consolidated submission, each chemical must 

be ‘Method 1’ except when the submission is pending a Letter of Support for that chemical. 

Selecting the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button generates the ‘IES 

Order #’ field. A single response option in the ‘B.1.c ID Method’ section is required. 

 IES Order #: Select the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button to generate 

this field. Enter the Inventory Expert Service (IES) order number. This is a required field. 

 Method 2 (Other Method): Select the ‘Method 2 (Other Method)’ radio button to identify

the ID method as ‘Other Method.’ An alternative method of providing a name, such as a 

Scientific and Technical Information Network (STN) database report or a CAS Client 

Services report, qualifies as ‘Method 2.’ If the chemical is pending a Letter of Support, the 

method can only be ‘Method 2.’ A single response option in the ‘B.1.c ID Method’ section is 

required.

 Section: Displays the section of the page with which the document will be associated. This 

drop-down menu contains the following values: ‘Chemical Structure Diagram’ and ‘ID 

Method.’ It is required that a document be attached for the ID Method. 

 Attach Document: Click the button to generate the ‘Attach Document(s)’ pop-up window. 

Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the attach document functionality. 

 Section: Displays the section of the page with which the file is associated. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ window. 

 Description: Displays the description of a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages in a document. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.

 Save: Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field 

set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button located within the bottom action 

bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to 

navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 86

Exhibit 4-22 shows the screen capture of the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen (Scroll 

1): 

Exhibit 4-22: Polymer Identification Information Screen (Scroll 1) 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 87

Exhibit 4-23 shows the screen capture of the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen (Scroll 

2): 

Exhibit 4-23: Polymer Identification Information Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the 

navigation tree.

4.1.17 Monomers and Other Reactants

You can navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

from the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking 

the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 88

The ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen is used to identify the chemical measurements and 

monomers that make up a polymer. The screen is divided into two sections to identify different 

elements describing a polymer: ‘Polymer Weight Information’ and ‘Monomers and Other 

Reactants.’ 

In the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ section, enter the typical weight percent of each 

monomer or other reactant in the polymer. Enter the maximum weight percent of each monomer 

or other reactant that may be present as a residual in the polymer as manufactured for 

commercial purposes. The maximum residual should be less than the typical composition. Do 

not use parts per million (ppm) units (1 ppm = 0.0001 wt%).

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Polymer Weight Information’ section as 

confidential. 

 Method of Measurement: Only a single response option can be selected for ‘Method of 

Measurement;’ valid values include ‘GPC’ and ‘Other (Specify).’ GPC is a well-established 

method for establishing the number average molecular weight (Mn) and weight fractions 

below 500 and 1,000 Daltons. It may not be useful for all polymer evaluations; however,

solubility problems and misleading calibration standards can lead to questionable GPC data. 

Correction estimates can be documented and presented in cases where only a soluble fraction 

of the polymer can be analyzed. This is a required field. 

 Specify other method of measure: Enter the method of measurement when you select the 

‘Other (Specify)’ radio button as the method of measurement. This is a required field when 

the ‘Other (Specify)’ radio button is selected. 

 (i) lowest number avg. molecular weight: Enter the lowest number average molecular 

weight; the entered value must be a positive numerical value and can contain decimal values. 

This is a required field. 

 (ii) max. weight % below 500 molecular weight: Enter the maximum weight percentage

below 500 molecular weight; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater 

than or equal to zero (0), but less than or equal to one hundred (100) and can contain decimal 

values. This value must be less than the value specified in the ‘(iii) max. weight % below 

1000 molecular weight’ field. This is a required field. 

 (iii) max. weight % below 1000 molecular weight: Enter the maximum weight percentage

below 1,000 molecular weight; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater 

than or equal to zero (0) but less than or equal to one hundred (100) and can contain decimal 

values. This value must be greater than or equal to the value specified in the ‘(ii) max. weight 

% below 500 molecular weight’ field. This is a required field. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 89

Exhibit 4-24 shows the screen capture of the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-24: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 1) 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 90

Exhibit 4-25 shows the screen capture of the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-25: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Add Monomer’ button to generate the expandable/collapsible field set. 

Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

 Add Monomer: Click the button to generate the monomer expandable/collapsible field set.

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The 

‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 91

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ 

link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not 

currently editable.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. 

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.10 for additional details regarding the search 

SRS functionality. 

 CAS Registry Number: Displays the CASRN for the specified monomer; this field 

populates based on information entered on the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window. This is a 

required field. 

 Monomer or Other Reactant: Displays the monomer or other reactant name; this field 

populates based on information entered on the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window. This is a 

required field. 

 Include in Identity: Check the ‘Include in Identity’ checkbox to claim the value for 

‘Monomer or Other Reactant’ as part of the monomer identification. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the monomer or other reactant name and CASRN 

as confidential.

 Chemical Name: Displays the name of the chemical identified on the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up 

window.

 Typical Composition: Enter the typical composition value that a monomer contributes to a 

polymer; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than zero (0) and less 

than or equal to one hundred (100) and can contain decimal values. If the value entered is 

less than or equal to ‘2’ a warning will be displayed in the global ‘Validate’ function or 

during the submission process indicating that the typical composition is a value that is less 

than or equal to 2 percent and asking you whether it should be included in the chemical 

identity. This is a required field. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Typical Composition’ and ‘Include In Identity’ 

fields as confidential. 

 Maximum Residual: Enter the maximum residual value. Indicate the maximum weight 

percent of each monomer or other reactant that may be present as a residual in the polymer as 

manufactured for commercial purposes. Enter a percent value less than or equal to the 

maximum weight, do not use ppm units (1 ppm = 0.0001 wt%). The value entered must be a 

positive numerical value that is less than or equal to the typical composition value. This is a 

required field. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Maximum Residual’ field as confidential. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 92

 Save: Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field 

set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button located within the bottom action 

bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to 

navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the attach document

functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the document that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window to make any edits. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document. 

4.1.18 Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information 

You can navigate to the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information’ screen by clicking 

the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this

screen by clicking the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

The ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information’ screen collects different information 

regarding a chemical’s production and hazard elements. 

Production Volume: The ‘Production Volume’ section captures information about production 

for the respective chemical or polymer for the ‘Maximum first 12-month production’ and the 

‘Maximum 12-month production.’ The ‘Maximum first 12-month production’ value should be 

less than or equal to the ‘Maximum 12-month production’ value. The maximum volume is up to

100,000,000,000,000 kg/year for either field. The entered values will automatically display

decimal points. Decimals are allowed up to the milligram (.000001). Estimates should be on a 

100% new chemical substance basis. Your production volumes should be estimated as accurately 

as possible, but you are not bound to your estimates unless you check the ‘Binding’ checkbox. 

Include amounts you intend to produce for export. Provide an estimate of the first 12 months of 

production and the maximum production volume for any consecutive 12-month period during the 

first three (3) years of commercial manufacture. You may upload an attachment to enter 

additional production information. 

Hazard Information: The ‘Hazard Information’ section captures information regarding hazards 

that the company chooses to disclose. In order for EPA to take respirator use into account when 

evaluating risks posed by a new chemical, the material safety data sheet (MSDS) for the 

substance must specify a respirator that is appropriate for the types of anticipated exposures. For 

the same reason, all respirators must be certified by the National Institute for Occupational 

Safety and Health (NIOSH), and be referenced in the MSDS as “NIOSH certified” respirators. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 93

If any type of risk assessment is prescribed to determine personal protective equipment (PPE) 

requirements, such risk assessment must be performed by a qualified Industrial Hygienist (IH) or 

other authorized occupational safety and health specialist. 

Engineering controls are the preferred methods for managing workplace exposures to hazards. If 

these controls are inadequate or lacking, personal protective equipment must be used. 

For EPA to take glove use into account when evaluating risks posed by a new chemical, the 

MSDS for the substance must specify gloves that are impervious to the substances of concern, as 

well as suitable for the type of tasks. 

Close-fitting goggles or a full-face piece facemask are preferred for vapor, mist, or fume 

exposures, or wherever workplace contaminants can readily bypass loose-fitting equipment. 

The information is collected in a file attachment. The system will display instructional text for 

you to identify which forms should be uploaded. 

Provide the MSDS for the PMN substance or intermediate or product mixture (that contains it) as 

an attachment to the PMN. Also, include hazard warning statements or labels, if relevant. The 

personal protection requirements of the MSDS become integral requirements of an LVE notice. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the production volume information as confidential. 

 Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the production volume information as 

binding. 

 Maximum First 12-Month Production: Provide an estimate of the first 12 months of 

production. The entered value must be a numerical value and must be less than 

100,000,000,000,000 kg/year. This field accepts decimals to the milligram and is a required 

field. 

 Maximum 12-Month Production: Enter the data associated with the production volume.

Provide an estimate of the maximum production volume for any consecutive 12-month 

period during the first three (3) years of commercial manufacture. The entered value must be 

a numerical value and must be less than 100,000,000,000,000 kg/year. This value must be 

greater than or equal to the ‘Maximum first 12-month production’ value. This field accepts 

decimals to the milligram and is a required field. 

 Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the hazard information as binding.

 Section: Select the section of the page with which the attached document is associated. This 

drop-down menu contains the following value: ‘Production Information’ and ‘Hazard 

Information.’

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the attach document

functionality. 

 Section: Displays the section with which the document is associated. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window to make any edits. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 94

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 95

Exhibit 4-26 shows the screen capture of the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety

Information’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-26: Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.1.19 Use Information 

You can navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by 

clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 96

The ‘Use Information’ screen is used to capture data about how the new chemical substance is 

intended to be used by function and application. “Function” refers to the physical and chemical 

properties of the substance. “Application” refers to how the substance is used in particular 

processes or products. When you navigate to the screen, the screen contains instructional text and 

an ‘Add Use’ button. When you click the ‘Add Use’ button, an expandable/collapsible field set 

will open and display the ‘Use Information’ fields. Upon saving the entry, the 

expandable/collapsible field set collapses and displays the ‘Category of Use’ and ‘Production %’ 

values. 

You will first enter a description for the ‘Category of Use’ field. Each use will center on the 

‘Category of Use’ and the different variables surrounding it. The category of use information 

should be specific enough to allow EPA reviewers to anticipate potential exposure patterns for 

the new substance (e.g. merely indicating “Dye” is not sufficient – is it photographic dye, a 

reactive dye for nylon fibers, or a dye to be incorporated in a polymer making film?). LVE 

notices limit you to your stated category of use(s), so make sure your description fully

encompasses all intended uses for any LVE. When you claim the ‘Category of Use’ as CBI, you

are required to enter a ‘Generic Use Description.’ The generic use description will be available 

publicly. 

The table will capture the different elements of use that the PMN form captures. The ‘Production 

%’ and ‘% in Formulation’ values will be captured to indicate how the product will be used and 

at what percent in that use. Each use must capture the percent of the production and percent in 

formulation for each category of use. ‘Production %’ is captured and must equal up to 100% for 

all uses. The ‘Production %’ value can be declared CBI. The ‘% in Formulation’ value is 

captured for a use and can equal up to 100%. The ‘% in Formulation’ field may be claimed as 

CBI. 

The ‘% of substance expected’ per use is captured for the following categories: ‘Site Limited,’ 

‘Consumer,’ ‘Industrial,’ and ‘Commercial.’ The ‘% of substance expected’ value must total 

100%. The ‘% of substance expected’ values can be claimed as CBI or listed as binding. These 

use types are used to determine the risks that the chemical will place on society. 

 Add Use: Click the ‘Add Use’ button to add a new use information expandable/collapsible 

field set. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The 

‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ 

link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not 

currently editable.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. 

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 97

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 Category of Use: Enter the category of use for the specific chemical substance by function 

and application. This is a required field. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the category of use information as confidential and 

generate the ‘Generic Use Description’ field. Claiming the ‘Category of Use’ field as CBI 

and then un-checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox generates a confirmation message that all attached 

documents will be deleted. 

 C.2.b. Generic Use Description: Enter the generic use description of the chemical. This 

field is displayed when the ‘Category of Use’ field is claimed CBI. If you claim any category

of use description as confidential, enter a generic description of that category. This field is 

required when the ‘Category of Use’ field is claimed CBI. 

 Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the category of use information as binding.

 Production %: Enter an estimate of the percent of total production for the first three years 

devoted to each category of use for the specific chemical. The entered value must be a value 

greater than zero (0) but less than or equal to one hundred (100). This field allows for 

decimal values. This is a required field.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Production %’ information as confidential. 

 % In Formulation: Estimate the percent of the new substance as formulated in mixture, 

suspensions, emulsions, solutions, or gels as manufactured for commercial purposes at sites 

under your control associated with each category of use. The entered value must be a value 

greater than zero (0) but less than or equal to one hundred (100). This field allows for 

decimal values. This is a required field. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Percentage in Formulation’ information as 

confidential.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage of substance expected per use

information as confidential.

 Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the percentage of substance expected per 

use information as binding. 

 Site Limited % of substance expected per use: Enter the site limited percentage of 

substance expected per use for the submitted substance. Blank fields are recognized as zeros. 

This field allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) by percentage for the indicated 

end user categories. For example, site-limited means the substance will only be used on the 

contiguous property unit where manufactured and will not intentionally be removed from the 

site except for waste disposal. 

 Consumer % of substance expected per use: Enter the consumer percentage of substance 

expected per use for the submitted substance. Blank fields are recognized as zeros. This field 

allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) by percentage for the indicated end user 

categories. Consumer use means that private individuals will use the chemical substance or 

products containing the substance for personal use or enjoyment. 

 Industrial % of substance expected per use: Enter the industrial percentage of substance 

expected per use for the submitted substance. Blank fields are recognized as zeros. This field 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 98

allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) by percentage for the indicated end user 

categories. Industrial use means that the chemical substance or product containing the 

substance will be used at the locations of other manufacturers or processors. 

 Commercial % of substance expected per use: Enter the commercial percentage of 

substance expected per use for the submitted substance. Blank fields are recognized as zeros. 

This field allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) by percentage for the indicated 

end user categories. Indicate percentage of product volume expected for the listed “use” 

sectors. Commercial use refers to the chemical substance or product containing the chemical 

substance being used by a company to provide a consumer service. 

 If you have provided a “consumer” use, provide details: Enter consumer use details. 

Provide a detailed description of the use(s) of this chemical substance in consumer products. 

In addition, include estimates of the concentration of the new chemical substance as expected 

in consumer products and describe the chemical reactions by which this substance loses its 

identity in the consumer product. This is a required field if the ‘Consumer % of substance 

expected per use’ field is populated.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the “If you have provided a ‘consumer’ use,

provide details” information as confidential. 

 Production Total: Displays the total production percentage for all uses. This value must be 

equal to 100, unless a Joint PMN or Letter of Support is pending, in which case the total 

value requirement is not immediately applicable. 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the attach document

functionality.

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file uploaded on the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window to make any edits. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document. 

 Save: Click the button to save and validate all data entered in the use information

expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button 

located within the bottom action bar to successfully save the entered information within the 

field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ 

buttons. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 99

Exhibit 4-27 shows the screen capture of the ‘Use Information’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-27: Use Information Screen (Scroll 1) 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 100

Exhibit 4-28 shows the screen capture of the ‘Use Information’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-28: Use Information Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties 

Worksheet’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Physical and Chemical 

Properties Worksheet’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.1.20 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

You can navigate to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen by clicking the 

‘Next’ button from the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ link within the navigation tree. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 101

The ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen is used to capture optional 

information about a chemical’s properties. The chemical properties are used by EPA to 

determine additional safety data about a chemical. The properties are used to determine potential 

risks and exposures of the chemicals.

The properties for a chemical are captured in an expandable/collapsible field set format. The 

following categories may apply to a chemical: ‘Physical state of a neat substance,’ ‘Vapor 

Pressure @ temperature,’ ‘Density/relative density,’ ‘Solubility @ temperature ___ solvent ___,’ 

‘Solubility in water @ temperature ___,’ ‘Melting temperature,’ ‘Boiling/sublimation 

temperature @ ____ torr pressure,’ ‘Spectra,’ ‘Dissociation constant,’ ‘Particle size distribution,’ 

‘Octanol/water partition coefficient,’ ‘Henry’s Law constant,’ ‘Volatilization from water,’ 

‘Volatilization from soil,’ ‘pH @ concentration ___,’ ‘Flammability,’ ‘Explodability,’ and 

‘Absorption/coefficient.’ All of the properties will capture the relevant values for a chemical. 

Each property may be claimed individually as CBI. 

To enter physical/chemical property information, select a physical/chemical property from the

drop-down menu and click the ‘Add Property’ button. The expandable/collapsible field set will 

expand and display all the fields that should be entered for that property. You are then able to 

enter all relevant information regarding that property. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ 

symbols. When all information is entered, click the ‘Save’ button. Each property may only be 

entered once per chemical. 

You may also enter an option for ‘Other.’ The ‘Other’ option will allow you to enter a userspecified property and any relevant values. The property will capture the relevant values for the 

chemical and the property measurement can be identified as ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated.’ The 

‘Other’ option may be claimed individually as CBI. You may enter multiple properties as 

‘Other.’

You may upload attachments for the chemical properties on the following screen.

EPA’s risk assessment process does utilize physiochemical properties, as some of the attributes 

listed here can relate directly to chemical risks. Among the most useful parameters of a new 

substance to EPA are the boiling point, the melting point, vapor pressure, the octanol/water 

partition coefficient, water solubility, Henry’s Law Constant, hydrolysis, spectral data (Mass 

Spectrometry (MS), proton and C13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR), Infrared (IR), and

Ultraviolet (UV) absorption), and the soil/sediment absorption coefficient. In the absence of this 

data, EPA will estimate to the extent possible physiochemical data to aid in their risk 

evaluations. 

Indicate whether the value you provide is based on an actual test measurement (Measured) or 

was estimated (Estimated). Note that EPA staffers indicate that data qualifiers such as 

‘negligible’ or ‘soluble’ are not useful descriptions. 

You are not required to generate the listed test data if you do not have it. 

Physical/chemical properties data may be so unique that they could in the future link the PMN 

substance to a commercial product or may tend to identify unique classes of chemical substance, 

and therefore some data elements may represent confidential business information. Review the 

CBI status of each entry carefully, and avoid making unsupportable claims. 

 Add Property: Click the ‘Add Property’ button to add and open a new ‘Property’ 

expandable/collapsible field set for a selected property.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 102

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The 

‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ 

link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not 

currently editable.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to

confirm the deletion. 

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 Adsorption/Coefficient - Value: Enter the adsorption/coefficient value of the chemical 

substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

‘Adsorption/coefficient’ property is selected. 

 Adsorption/Coefficient - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Adsorption/coefficient’ property is selected. 

 Adsorption/Coefficient – CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the 

adsorption/coefficient property as confidential.

 Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure: Enter the value of the 

boiling/sublimation temperature @ _____torr pressure of the chemical substance. Value 

fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

‘Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure’ property is selected. 

 Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure – Value: Enter the 

boiling/sublimation temperature in °C of the chemical substance. This is a required field if 

the ‘Boiling/sublimation temperature’ property is selected. 

 Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure - Measured or Estimated:

Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate

value from the drop-down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Boiling/sublimation’ property

is selected. 

 Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ 

checkbox to claim the boiling/sublimation temperature @ ____ torr pressure property as 

confidential. 

 Density/relative density - Value: Enter the density/relative density value of the chemical

substance in g/cm3. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field 

if the ‘Density/relative density’ property is selected. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 103

 Density/relative density - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Density/relative density’ property is selected. 

 Density/relative density - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the density/relative 

density property as confidential.

 Dissociation constant - Value: Enter the dissociation constant value of the chemical

substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

‘Dissociation constant’ property is selected. 

 Dissociation constant - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Dissociation constant’ property is selected. 

 Dissociation constant - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the dissociation constant 

property as confidential. 

 Explodability - Value: Enter the explodability value of the chemical substance. This field 

allows text or numbers to be entered and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a 

required field if the ‘Explodability’ property is selected. 

 Explodability - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ 

or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This is a 

required field if the ‘Explodability’ property is selected. 

 Explodability - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the explodability property as 

confidential.

 Flammability - Value: Enter the flammability value of the chemical substance. This field 

allows text and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

flammability property is selected. 

 Flammability - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ 

or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This is a 

required field if the flammability property is selected.

 Flammability - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the flammability property as 

confidential.

 Henry’s Law constant - Value: Enter the Henry’s law constant value of the chemical

substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

‘Henry’s Law constant’ property is selected. 

 Henry’s Law constant - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Henry’s Law constant’ property is selected. 

 Henry’s Law CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the Henry’s Law constant property 

as confidential. 

 Melting Temperature - Value: Enter the melting temperature of the chemical substance. 

Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Melting 

Temperature’ property is selected. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 104

 Melting Temperature - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Melting Temperature’ property is selected.

 Melting Temperature - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the melting temperature 

property as confidential.

 Octanol/water partition coefficient - Value: Enter the octanol/water partition coefficient 

value of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a

required field if the octanol/water partition coefficient property is selected.

 Octanol/water partition coefficient - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the 

property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the dropdown menu. This is a required field if the octanol/water partition coefficient property is 

selected. 

 Octanol/water partition coefficient - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the 

octanol/water partition coefficient property as confidential. 

 Particle size distribution - Value: Enter the particle size distribution value of the chemical

substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

particle size distribution property is selected.

 Particle size distribution - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the particle size distribution property is selected. 

 Particle size distribution - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the particle size 

distribution property as confidential.

 Physical state of neat substance - Value: Select the physical state of a neat substance of 

chemicals, which can be either a ‘Solid,’ ‘Liquid,’ or ‘Gas.’ This is a required field if the 

Physical state of neat substance property is selected. 

 Physical state of neat substance - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property

value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down 

menu. This is a required field if the physical state of neat substance property is selected.

 Physical state of neat substance CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the physical state 

of neat substance property as confidential. 

 PH @ concentration [concentration]: Enter the PH @ concentration. This field allows for 

text. This is a required field.

 PH @ concentration [concentration] Value: Enter the PH @ concentration value. This 

field allows text and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

‘PH @ concentration [concentration]’ property is selected. 

 PH @ concentration [concentration] Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the 

property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the dropdown menu. This is a required field if the PH @ concentration [concentration] property is 

selected. 

 PH @ concentration [concentration] CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the PH @ 

concentration property as confidential.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 105

 Solubility @ temperature [temperature] °C: Enter the solubility of the chemical substance 

at a temperature value measured in °C. This field allows text and is also able to accept ‘<’ or 

‘>’ symbols. This is a required field. 

 Solubility @ temperature solvent: Enter the solvent that will be used for the chemical

substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

‘Solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent]’ property is selected.

 Solubility @ temperature value: Enter the solubility of the chemical substance in g/L. 

 Solubility @ temperature Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent]’ property

is selected.

 Solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent] CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ 

checkbox to claim the solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent] property as 

confidential. 

 Solubility in Water @ temperature: Enter the solubility in water at a specific temperature

in °C of the chemical. This is a required field if the solubility in water @ temperature 

property is selected. 

 Solubility in Water @ temperature Value: Enter the solubility in water of the chemical

substance in g/L. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if 

the ‘Solubility in Water @ temperature’ property is selected. 

 Solubility in Water @ temperature Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the 

property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the dropdown menu. This is a required field if the solubility in water @ temperature property is 

selected.

 Solubility in Water @ Temperature CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the 

solubility in water @ temperature property as confidential. 

 Spectra - Value: Enter the spectra value of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to 

accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the spectra property is selected.

 Spectra - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or 

‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This is a required 

field if the ‘Spectra’ property is selected.

 Spectra - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the spectra property as confidential.

 Vapor Pressure @temperature [temperature] °C: Enter the Vapor Pressure @ 

Temperature value in °C of the chemical. This is a required field if the property is selected.

 Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperature] Value: Enter the value of the Vapor 

Pressure in torr units of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ 

symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Vapor Pressure @ temperature’ property is selected. 

 Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperature] Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether 

the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the 

drop-down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Vapor Pressure @ temperature’ property is 

selected. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 106

 Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperature] CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim 

the vapor pressure @ temperature [temperature] property as confidential. 

 Volatilization from water Value: Enter the volatilization from water value of the chemical

substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

‘Volatilization from water’ property is selected. 

 Volatilization from water Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from water’ property is selected. 

 Volatilization from water CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the volatilization from 

water property as confidential. 

 Volatilization from soil Value: Enter the volatilization from soil value. Value fields are able 

to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from soil’ property

is selected. 

 Volatilization from soil Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from soil’ property is selected. 

 Volatilization from soil CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the volatilization from soil 

property as confidential. 

 Other: Enter any ‘Other’ property that you may specify. 

 Other Value: Enter an ‘Other’ property value. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ 

symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Other’ property was selected. 

 Other Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or 

‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This is a required 

field if the ‘Other’ property is selected. 

 Other - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the property as confidential. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 107

Exhibit 4-29 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ 

screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-29: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 108

Exhibit 4-30 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ 

screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-30: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties 

Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

4.1.21 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)

You can navigate to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ 

screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 109

screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties 

Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ screen is used to 

capture all the studies and particular attachments that refer to the chemical properties captured on 

the previous screen. When you first access the screen, instructional text, an ‘Attach Document’ 

button, and an attachments table displays. 

When you attach a document, the properties that were selected on the ‘Physical and Chemical 

Properties Worksheet’ screen will be listed with checkboxes in the ‘Attach Documents’ window 

for you to select which properties an attachment is associated with. Check the properties that are 

relevant to the document, and then select a type and subtype value for the document. You will be 

able to attach a document, enter a description of the document, and list the number of pages.

The system provides functionality to claim an uploaded document as CBI. If a document is 

claimed as CBI, the system requires you to upload the sanitized version of the attached 

document. To view, open, or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name 

of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.

The attachment table displays the ‘File Name,’ ‘Properties,’ ‘Description,’ ‘Pages,’ ‘CBI,’ and 

‘Actions’ columns. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ column to delete 

unwanted documents. 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the attach document

functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the original file that is uploaded on 

the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window to make any edits. 

 Properties: Displays the chemical properties associated with a document. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of the document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 110

Exhibit 4-31 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet –

Continued (Optional)’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-31: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ 

screen if you have not identified another chemical. You can also access this screen by clicking 

the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you would like to 

add a consolidated chemical, click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation 

tree.

4.1.22 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach 

Documents

You can navigate to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)

Attach Documents’ window by clicking the ‘Attach Document’ button on the ‘Physical and 

Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ screen. 

When attaching a document, all properties selected on the previous screen will display with 

checkboxes to allow the properties to which the attachment refers to be selected. Select the type 

and subtype for the attachment and the properties relevant to the document. The document is able 

to be attached and a description and the number of pages can be entered. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 111

The system allows the uploaded document to be claimed as CBI. If a document is claimed as 

CBI, the system requires the sanitized version of the attached document to be uploaded. To 

access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document 

within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.

 Type: Select the document type from the drop-down menu.

 Subtype: Select the document subtype from the drop-down menu.

 Chemical Properties: Displays the physical and/or chemical properties identified on the 

previous screen that can be potentially associated with a document. Check the appropriate 

chemical properties that are associated with a document that is being attached. These 

checkboxes are enabled only if ‘Physical Chemical Property’ is selected from the ‘Type’ 

drop-down menu.

 Attachment: Displays the ‘Browse’ button to search for and identify documents on your 

local hard drive to be attached that can be associated with the physical/chemical properties 

identified on the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen. 

 Description: Enter the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Enter the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the document as confidential.

 Sanitized Attachment: Click the ‘Browse’ button to generate the ‘File Upload’ window to 

search for a particular file on your hard drive. For any attached document claimed as CBI, 

you are required to attach a sanitized version of the document.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 112

Exhibit 4-32 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet –

Continued (Optional) Attach Documents’ window (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-32: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach 

Documents Window (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 113

Exhibit 4-33 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet –

Continued (Optional) Attach Documents’ window (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-33: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach 

Documents Window (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon located in the upper right-hand corner to stop 

the process of adding document information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save the entered 

information and navigate back to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued 

(Optional)’ screen. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 114

4.1.23 Submitter Controlled Site Information

You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ 

button from the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ link 

within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen captures information about the identification

of submitter-controlled sites. The screen first captures specific data for the site by providing a 

‘FRS Search’ button to search for a particular site or manually enter a site using the FRS system. 

You will list all of the sites that are controlled by the submitter on this screen. The list will be 

utilized to select the site(s) for which a particular operation occurs. Enter the details of the 

operations and chemicals that are tied to the site(s) under the operations folders. 

 FRS Search: Click the button to generate the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop-up 

window. Refer to Section 3.11 for additional details regarding the FRS search functionality. 

 Registry ID: Displays the registry ID of the site. 

 Site Name: Displays the site name of the site. 

 Address: Displays the site address of the site. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 115

Exhibit 4-34 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-34: Submitter Controlled Site Information Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen. You 

can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

4.1.24 Sites Controlled By Others

You can navigate to the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking 

the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen captures information about known and/or unknown sites 

not controlled by the submitter. Complete the ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ section within 

the navigation tree for typical processing or use operations involving the new chemical substance 

at sites not controlled by the submitter. Importers do not have to complete this section for 

operations outside the U.S.; however, you must report any processing or use activities after 

import. Complete a separate ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ section for each type of 

processing, or use operation involving the new chemical substance. If the same operation is 

performed at more than one site, describe the typical operation common to these sites. The 

screen first captures whether there is any data for other controlled sites. If there is no data for 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 116

sites controlled by others, the screen will not update and the option of selecting the ‘Next’ button 

is available. If there is data for sites controlled by others, an additional question will appear. The 

screen then captures whether site-specific data for the chemical is known for ‘Sites Controlled 

By Others.’ If you indicate that there is site-specific data by selecting the ‘Yes’ radio button, the 

screen will generate a ‘List of Sites Controlled by Others’ table, an ‘FRS Search’ button, a text 

field to enter the ‘# of unknown sites,’ and a ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of unknown 

sites as confidential. To add specific site information, click the ‘FRS Search’ button and search 

for a site via FRS. Sites can be searched by ‘EPA Registry ID,’ ‘Facility Name,’ ‘Facility 

Address,’ ‘City,’ ‘State,’ and/or ‘Postal Code.’ When results are returned, a new site can be 

added to the table by selecting a site from the FRS results and clicking the ‘Add FRS Entry’ 

button or by adding a new site through the manual entry fields. The system allows each 

individual site to be claimed as CBI. If there is no site-specific data, the screen will display a text 

box to enter the number of unknown sites. 

A list of all sites controlled by others will display on this screen. The list will be utilized to select 

the site(s) for which a particular operation/process occurs. The details of the operations and 

chemicals that are tied to the site(s) under the operations folders will be entered.

 FRS Search: Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to generate the ‘Facility Registry System 

Search’ pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.11 for additional details regarding the FRS 

search functionality. 

 Do you have any sites controlled by others for which you have information to report?: If 

you select ‘Yes’ the screen will display the question ‘Do you have site-specific information?’ 

If you select ‘No’ only the listed navigation options will display. 

 Do you have site-specific information?: If you select ‘Yes’ the screen will populate with 

information to enter specific site information. If you select ‘No,’ enter the number of 

unknown sites. 

 EPA Registry ID: Displays the registry ID of the site. Click the ‘EPA Registry ID’ link to 

navigate to the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop-up window to make any edits. 

 Site Name: Displays the site name of a site. 

 Address: Displays the address of a site. 

 City: Displays the city of a site. 

 State: Displays the state of a site. 

 Postal Code: Displays the postal code of a site. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a site by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site.

 # of unknown sites: Enter the number of unknown sites. This is a required field. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of unknown sites as confidential. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 117

Exhibit 4-35 shows the screen capture of the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-35: Sites Controlled By Others Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Add Operation’ link under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder 

within the navigation tree to generate the submitter controlled operation screens. You can access 

the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Operation Information’ link under 

the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder within the navigation tree. 

4.1.25 Submitter Operation Information

You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

from the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Submitter Operation Information’ link under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder 

within the navigation tree. You can add sites by clicking the ‘Add Operation’ link within the 

navigation tree under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 118

The ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen captures information about an operation that 

occurs at a particular site or group of sites. You are asked a series of questions and based on the 

responses; information will display to fill out a series of fields about a specific operation. The 

guided approach is designed to eliminate errors and ensure the completion of all relevant sections 

for a site. You will be able to enter an operation alias to identify the operation. Importers are not 

required to complete this section for operations outside the U.S.; however, any industrial 

processing or use operation that takes place after import must be described. 

You will first be asked to select the site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation and will then select 

the applicable operation type checkboxes. 

If you select an option other than ‘Use’ for the operation type, you will be asked whether the 

chemical is manufactured as a ‘batch’ or ‘continuous’ process. Based on the property selected, 

fill in the relevant information. If you select the ‘Use’ operation type, then there will be no 

further options on this screen. The follow-up screens are used to capture specific information 

about the operation type process. 

The system provides a text box for describing the process description. Additional process 

information may also be included in an attachment. In the process description, include the 

following information: (1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions. 

Include interim storage and specify transport containers (e.g., 5-gallon pails, 55-gallon drum, rail 

car, tank truck, etc.). (2) Provide the identity, approximate weight (by kg/day or kg/batch on a 

new chemical substance basis), and entry point of all starting materials, feedstocks (including 

reactants, solvents, catalysts, etc.), products, recycle streams, and wastes. Include cleaning 

chemicals (note frequency if not used daily or per batch). (3) Identify by number the points of 

release, including small or intermittent releases, to the environment of the new chemical 

substance. If releasing to two media at the same step, assign a second release number for the 

second medium. 

You may claim the process description or attachment as CBI. If an attached document is claimed 

as CBI, the system requires a sanitized version of the attached document to be uploaded. To 

access or edit previously attached documents, click the file name of the document within the 

‘File Name’ column of the document table.

The document table displays the file name and file extension of the document, the document 

description, the number of pages in the document, and whether a sanitized copy of the document 

was attached. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) under the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted 

documents.

 Operation Alias: Enter the operation alias. This field makes it easier to distinguish between 

operations when there is more than one operation. This is a required field if the submission is 

pending a Joint Submission or a Letter of Support. 

 Add Site: Select a site from the drop-down menu and click the button to add the site 

specified on the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen to the site table. 

 Site Name: Displays the site name. 

 Address: Displays the site address. 

 City: Displays the site city.

 State: Displays the site state.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 119

 Postal Code: Displays the site postal code. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a site from the table. A warning message 

displays to confirm the deletion of the site. 

 Consolidated Chemical checkboxes: Displays all consolidated chemicals in a PMN 

submission. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the operation type as confidential. 

 Manufacturing: Check the ‘Manufacturing’ checkbox to indicate that manufacturing is 

taking place at the site. Checking the ‘Manufacturing’ checkbox generates the ‘Is it batch or 

continuous’ radio buttons.

 Processing: Check the ‘Processing’ checkbox to indicate that processing is taking place at 

the site. Checking the ‘Processing’ checkbox generates the ‘Is it batch or continuous’ radio 

buttons.

 Use: Check the ‘Use’ checkbox to indicate that chemical use is taking place at the site.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount and duration information as 

confidential. 

 Is it batch or continuous?: Select the ‘Batch’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is 

produced in a batch process. Select the ‘Continuous’ radio button to indicate that the 

chemical is produced on a continuous basis. Either the ‘Batch’ or ‘Continuous’ radio button 

is required to be selected.

 Max kg/batch: Enter the maximum number of kilograms (kg) produced per batch. This field 

only displays when you select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field 

accepts decimal values.

 Hours/batch: Enter the hours of manufacturing or processing time needed per batch. This 

field only displays when you select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field 

accepts decimal values.

 Batches/Year: Enter the number of batches produced per year. This field only displays when 

you select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.

 Max kg/Day: Enter the maximum number of kg of a chemical produced per day. This field 

only displays when you select the ‘Continuous’ radio button and is a required field. This field 

accepts decimal values.

 Hours/Day: Enter the number of hours per day that the chemical is processed or 

manufactured; this value cannot exceed 24. This field only displays when you select the 

‘Continuous’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.

 Days/Year: Enter the number of days per year that the chemical is processed or 

manufactured; this value cannot exceed 365. This field only displays when you select the 

‘Continuous’ radio button, and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the process description as confidential. 

 Process Description: Enter the process description. In the ‘Process Description’ text box, or 

an attachment, address the following items: (1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and 

chemical conversions. Include interim storage and transport containers (specify – e.g., 5-

gallon pails, 55-gallon drum, rail car, tank truck, etc.). (2) Provide the identity, the 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 120

approximate weight (by kg/day or kg/batch on a 100% new chemical substance basis), and 

entry point of all starting materials and feedstocks (including reactants, solvents, catalysts, 

etc.), and of all products, recycle streams, and wastes. Include cleaning chemicals (note 

frequency if not used daily or per batch). (3) Identify by number the points of release, 

including small or intermittent releases, to the environment of the new chemical substance. If 

releasing to two media at the same step, assign a second release number for the second 

medium. Either this field is required or a document must be attached. 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the attach document

functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window.

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 121

Exhibit 4-36 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen (Scroll 

1): 

Exhibit 4-36: Submitter Operation Information Screen (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 122

Exhibit 4-37 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen (Scroll 

2): 

Exhibit 4-37: Submitter Operation Information Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Occupational Exposures’ screen. You 

can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Occupational Exposures’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

4.1.26 Occupational Exposures

You can navigate to the ‘Occupational Exposures’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Occupational Exposures’ link within the navigation tree.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 123

Click the ‘Add’ button to generate an expandable/collapsible field set to enter occupational 

exposure information. The application displays fields for you to enter information for ‘Worker 

Category (1),’ ‘Worker Activity (1),’ ‘Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (3),’ ‘Physical 

Form(s) (5),’ ‘% New Substance (5),’ ‘# Workers Exposed (8),’ ‘Maximum Duration Hours/Day

(10),’ and ‘Maximum Duration Days/Year (11).’ EPA is attempting to estimate exposure levels, 

the number of workers potentially exposed, and possible routes and duration of exposure to the 

PMN substance. Work with your plant engineers to develop accurate data. Review the CBI status 

of data you provide. 

 Add: Click the ‘Add’ button to generate the ‘Occupational Exposure – Submitter Controlled 

Sites’ expandable/collapsible field set. 

 Worker Category (1): Select the category of work from the drop-down menu in which a 

worker may be exposed to a chemical substance. This is a required field. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim worker category information as confidential. 

 Worker Activity: Select the worker activity (e.g. bag dumping, tote filling, unloading 

drums, sampling, cleaning, etc.) in which workers may be exposed to a chemical substance. 

This is a required field. 

 Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (3): Enter the protective 

equipment/engineering controls used to protect workers. This is a required field. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the protective equipment/engineering controls 

information as confidential. 

 Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the protective equipment/engineering 

controls information as binding.

 Physical Form(s) (5): Enter the physical forms(s) of the new chemical substance (e.g., solid,

crystal, granule, powder, or dust) and percentage of new chemical substance (if part of a 

mixture) at the time of exposure. Be as specific as possible on the physical form (e.g., is the 

PMN substance isolated as a crystalline or amorphous powder, wet cake, flake solid, granular 

solid, or a fused solid?). If data on particle size of solids are available, it should be included 

as an attachment. For wet cakes, a percent moisture estimate may prevent EPA from making 

an estimate that is too conservative. This is a required field.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the physical form(s) information as confidential. 

 Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the physical form(s) information as 

binding. 

 % New Substance (5): Enter the percentage of new chemical substance (if part of a mixture) 

at the time of exposure. A value of zero (0) entered in this field will display an error. This is a 

required field. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage new substance information as 

confidential. 

 Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the percentage new substance information 

as binding. 

 # Workers Exposed (8): Enter the number of workers exposed. Estimate the maximum 

number of all workers involved in each activity for all sites combined. This is a required 

field. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 124

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of workers exposed as confidential. 

 Hours/Day (10): Enter the maximum duration occupational exposure occurs for the activity

for any worker in hours per day; this field allows decimal values. A value of zero (0) entered 

in this field will display an error. This is a required field. 

 Days/Year (11): Enter the maximum duration occupational exposure occurs for the activity 

for any worker in days per year; this field allows decimal values. A value of zero (0) entered

in this field will display an error. This is a required field. 

 Save: Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Occupational Exposure

– Submitter Controlled Sites’ field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ 

button located within the bottom action bar to successfully save the entered information

within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ 

and ‘Next’ buttons. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 125

Exhibit 4-38 shows the screen capture of the ‘Occupational Exposures’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-38: Occupational Exposures Screen (Scroll 1) 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 126

Exhibit 4-39 shows the screen capture of the ‘Occupational Exposures’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-39: Occupational Exposures Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Environmental Releases’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Environmental Releases’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.1.27 Environmental Releases 

You can navigate to the ‘Environmental Releases’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Occupational Exposures’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Environmental 

Releases’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Environmental Releases’ screen captures information about the environmental release and 

disposal status of a particular site. The information on exposure and environmental release is 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 127

related to the flow diagram/process description on the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen. 

This page is duplicated and populated for each flow diagram supplied in the PMN 

(manufacturing, each processing description, and any use diagrams). The information provided 

should focus on the PMN substance. EPA reviewers pay particular attention to human exposure 

and environmental release date under their TSCA mandate to protect against unreasonable risks 

from new chemical substances. In the absence of this information, EPA will make its own 

estimates of worker exposure and environmental release, which are usually conservative. You 

should present data that is accurate and as complete as possible. 

The page displays an ‘Add’ button to add an expandable/collapsible field set to enter 

‘Environmental Release and Disposal – Submitter Controlled Sites’ information. The page 

displays fields to enter information for ‘Release Number,’ the amount of the new substance 

released ‘to environment’ and the amount of new substance released ‘to control technology,’ 

‘Media of Release,’ ‘Control Technology Description,’ and ‘Release after Control Technology.’ 

You will be asked to enter information concerning the release to water, such as Publicly Owned 

Treatment Works (POTW), navigable waterways, and others. 

 Add: Click the ‘Add’ button to generate an expandable/collapsible ‘Environmental Release 

and Disposal – Submitter Controlled Sites’ field set.

 Release Number (1): Enter the number of each release point identified in the process 

description on the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen. This is a required field.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the release number information as confidential. 

 Amount of new substance released to environment (2a): Enter the amount of new 

substance released to environment. Release estimates should be consistent with the release 

levels shown on the preceding flow diagram. Include intermittent release estimates from 

cleaning of equipment and transportation containers, even if cleaned off-site. Either the 

‘Amount of new substance released to environment’ or the ‘Amount of new substance 

released to Control Technology’ field should be populated. 

 Amount of new substance released to environment kg/batch: Select the radio button to 

claim that the amount of new substance released to the environment is measured in kilograms

per batch. 

 Amount of new substance released to environment kg/day: Select the radio button to 

claim that the amount of new substance released to the environment is measured in kilograms

per day. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount of new substance released to 

environment as confidential.

 Amount of new substance released to control technology (2b): Enter the amount of new 

substance released to control technology. Release estimates should be consistent with the 

release levels shown on the proceeding flow diagram. Include intermittent release estimates 

from cleaning of equipment and transportation containers, even if cleaned off-site. Either the 

‘Amount of new substance released to environment’ or the ‘Amount of new substance 

released to Control Technology’ field should be populated. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 128

 Amount of new substance released to control technology kg/batch: Select the radio 

button to claim that the amount of new substance released to control technology is measured 

in kilograms per batch. 

 Amount of new substance released to control technology kg/day: Select the radio button 

to claim that the amount of new substance released to control technology is measured in 

kilograms per day. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount of new substance released to control 

technology as confidential. 

 Media of Release (4): Identify the media of release (i.e., stack air, fugitive air, surface water, 

on-site or off-site land or incineration, POTW, or other (please specify)) to which the new 

substance will be released from that release point from the drop-down menu. This is a 

required field.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the media of release as confidential. 

 If Other, specify: Enter the other media of release when you select ‘Other’ from the ‘Media 

of Release’ drop-down menu. 

 Control Technology Description (5a): Enter the control technology description. Describe 

control technology, if any, and control efficiency used to limit the release of the new 

substance to the environment. For releases disposed of on land, characterize the disposal 

method and state whether it is approved for disposal of Resource Conservation and Recovery

Act (RCRA) hazardous waste. For each site, describe any additional disposal methods that 

will be used and whether the waste is subject to secondary or tertiary on-site treatment. 

Indicate if you want this information to bind. Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox if the information is 

confidential. This is a required field. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the control technology description as confidential. 

 Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the control technology description as 

binding. 

 Release after Control Technology (5b): Enter the release after control technology. Estimate 

the amount released to the environment after control technology (in kilograms per day). This 

is a required field.

 Save: Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Environmental Release 

and Disposal – Submitter Controlled Sites’ field set. You must click the button located within 

the field set instead of the ‘Save’ button located within the bottom action bar to save the 

information entered within an expandable/collapsible field set before being able to navigate 

away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the release after control technology as confidential.

 POTW Name: Enter the POTW name. 

 POTW NPDES #: Enter the POTW National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System 

(NPDES) number. 

 POTW CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the POTW as confidential. 

 Navigable Waterway Name: Enter the navigable waterway name. 

 Navigable Waterway NPDES #: Enter the navigable waterway NPDES number. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 129

 Navigable Waterway CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the navigable waterway as 

confidential. 

 Other (Specify) Name: Enter the name of the other destination of release to water. 

 Other (Specify) CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the other destination of release to 

water as confidential. 

Exhibit 4-40 shows the screen capture of the ‘Environmental Releases’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-40: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 1) 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 130

Exhibit 4-41 shows the screen capture of the ‘Environmental Releases’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-41: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Add Operation’ link under the ‘Operations Controlled by Others’ folder 

within the navigation tree to generate the screens for an operation controlled by others. Click the 

‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

4.1.28 Industrial Sites Controlled By Others

Click the ‘Add Operation’ link under the ‘Operations Controlled by Others’ folder within the 

navigation tree to generate the screens for an operation controlled by others. You can navigate to 

this screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Environmental Releases’ screen. You can also 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 131

access this screen by clicking the ‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ link within the 

navigation tree.

The ‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ screen captures information about activities 

occurring at a particular site or group of sites. You will be able to enter an operation alias to 

identify the operation. Importers are not required to complete this section for operations outside 

the U.S.; however, any industrial processing or use operation that takes place after import must 

be described.

You will first be asked to select the site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation. You will then 

proceed to the next screen to enter resources concerning the operation. The system provides a 

field to add an operation process description.

The site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation must be identified. The system then navigates to the 

next screen to enter resources concerning the operation. The screen also displays a field to add an 

operation process description. In the operation description, include the following information: (1) 

Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions, including interim storage and 

specify transport containers (e.g., 5-gallon pails, 55-gallon drums, rail cars, tank trucks, etc.). On 

the diagram, identify by letter and briefly describe each worker activity. (2) Either in the diagram 

or in the text field, provide the identity, the approximate weight (by kg/day or kg/batch, on a 

100% new chemical substance basis), and entry point of all feedstocks (including reactants, 

solvents and catalysts, etc.), products, recycle streams, and wastes. Include cleaning chemicals 

(note frequency if not used daily or per batch). (3) Either in the diagram or in the text field, 

identify by number the points of release, including small or intermittent releases, to the 

environment of the new chemical substance. 

 Operation Alias: Enter the operation alias. This is a required field if the submission is 

pending a Joint Submission or a Letter of Support. 

 Add Site: Select a site from the drop-down menu and click the button to add the site to the 

sites table. 

 Site Name: Displays the site name. 

 Address: Displays the site address. 

 City: Displays the site city. 

 State: Displays the site state. 

 Postal Code: Displays the site postal code. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a site from the table. A warning message 

confirming deletion of the site displays. 

 Consolidated Chemical(s): Displays all consolidated chemicals in a PMN form. 

 Operation Description: Enter the operation process description. Cover the following items: 

(1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions, including interim 

storage and transport containers (specify – e.g., 5-gallon pails, 55-gallon drums, rail cars, 

tank trucks, etc.). On the diagram, identify by letter and briefly describe each worker activity. 

(2) Either in the diagram or in the text field, provide the identity, the approximate weight (by

kg/day or kg/batch, on a 100% new chemical substance basis), entry point of all feedstocks 

(including reactants, solvents and catalysts, etc.), all products, recycle streams, and wastes. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 132

Include cleaning chemicals (note frequency if not used daily or per batch). (3) Either in the 

diagram or in the text field, identify by number the points of release, including small or 

intermittent releases, to the environment of the new chemical substance. Either this field is 

required or a document must be attached. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the operation description as confidential.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the attach document

functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the document that was uploaded on 

the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window.

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 133

Exhibit 4-42 shows the screen capture of the ‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-42: Industrial Sites Controlled By Others Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Exposures/Releases’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Exposures/Releases’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.1.29 Exposures/Releases 

You can navigate to the ‘Exposures/Releases’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Exposures/Releases’ link within the navigation tree under the ‘Operations Controlled By

Others’ folder. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 134

The screen provides buttons to add expandable/collapsible field sets for worker exposure release

information and environmental disposal information. The screen displays fields in the worker 

exposure expandable/collapsible field set to enter information for ‘Worker Category (1),’

‘Worker Activity (1),’ ‘# Workers Exposed (2),’ ‘Duration of Exposure Hours/Day (4a),’ 

‘Duration of Exposure Days/Year (4b),’ ‘Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (6),’ 

‘Physical Form(s) (6),’ ‘% New Substance (6),’ and ‘% in Formulation (7).’ The screen displays 

fields in the environmental release expandable/collapsible field set to enter information for 

‘Release Number (9),’ the amount of the new substance released directly ‘to environment (10a),’ 

the amount of new substance released ‘into control technology (10b),’ ‘Media of Release (12),’ 

and ‘Control Technology (12).’

 Add: Click the ‘Add’ button to generate the ‘Worker Exposure’ expandable/collapsible field 

set. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The 

‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ 

link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not 

currently editable.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to

confirm the deletion. 

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 Worker Category (1): Select the worker category of the activity in which workers may be 

exposed to the specified substance from the drop-down menu.

 Worker Activity (1): Select the worker activity in which workers may be exposed to the 

specified substance from the drop-down menu.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the worker category and worker activity as 

confidential. 

 # Workers Exposed (2): Enter an estimate of the number of workers exposed for all sites 

combined.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of workers exposed as confidential. 

 Duration of Exposure Hours/Day (4a): Enter an estimate of the typical duration of 

exposure per worker in hours/day. This field allows decimal values.

 Duration of Exposure Days/Year (4b): Enter an estimate of the typical duration of 

exposure per worker in days/year. This field allows decimal values. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the duration of exposure hours/day and days/year 

as confidential.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 135

 Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (6): Enter a description of any protective 

equipment and engineering controls, if any, used to protect workers. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the protective equipment/engineering controls 

information as confidential. 

 Physical Forms (6): Enter a description of physical forms of exposure. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the physical form of exposure information as 

confidential. 

 % New Substance (6): Describe percentage new chemical substance (if in mixture). 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage new substance information as 

confidential.

 % in Formulation (7): Estimate the percent of the new substance as formulated when 

packaged or used as a final product. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage in formulation information as 

confidential. 

 Save: Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Worker 

Exposure/Environmental Release – Sites Controlled by Others’ expandable/collapsible field 

set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button located within the bottom action 

bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to 

navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 136

Exhibit 4-43 shows the screen capture of the ‘Exposures/Releases’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-43: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 1) 

 Add: Click the ‘Add’ button to generate the ‘Environmental Disposal’ 

expandable/collapsible field set. 

 Release Number (9): Enter the number of each release point from the process diagram 

previously entered. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the release number information as confidential. 

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Environment (10a): Enter an estimate of the 

amount of the new substance released directly to the environment in Kg/day or Kg/batch. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 137

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Environment kg/day: Select the ‘Kg/day’

radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into environment measures in 

kilograms per day. 

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Environment kg/batch: Select the ‘Kg/batch’

radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into environment measures in 

kilograms per batch. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount new substance released directly into 

environment as confidential. 

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Control Technology (10b): Estimate the 

amount of the new substance released into control technology in kg/day or kg/batch.

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Control Technology kg/day: Select the 

‘kg/day’ radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into control 

technology measures in kilograms per day. 

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Control Technology kg/batch: Select the 

‘kg/batch’ radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into control 

technology measures in kilograms per batch. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount new substance released directly into 

control technology as confidential. 

 Media of Release (12): Select a value from the drop-down menu to capture the media of 

release. The ‘Media of Release’ drop-down menu contains the following values: ‘Fugitive 

Air,’ ‘Off-Site Incineration,’ ‘POTW,’ ‘Stack Air,’ ‘Surface Water,’ and ‘Other,’ that will be 

used to limit the release of the new substance to the environment. 

 If Other, Specify: Enter the other media of release. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the media of release as confidential. 

 Control Technology (12): Enter the control technology, if any, which will be used to limit 

the release of the new substance to the environment. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim control technology information as confidential. 

 Save: Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered into the ‘Environmental 

Disposal’ expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ 

button located within the bottom action bar to save the entered information within the field 

set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ 

buttons. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 138

Exhibit 4-44 shows the screen capture of the ‘Exposures/Releases’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-44: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Byproduct Information’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Byproduct Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.1.30 Byproduct Information 

You can navigate to the ‘Byproduct Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Exposures/Releases’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Byproduct 

Information’ link under the ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ folder within the navigation tree.

The ‘Byproduct Information’ screen captures byproducts resulting from a particular site. The 

system displays fields to enter byproducts. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 139

 Byproduct: Enter byproducts that may result from the operation. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim all byproducts as confidential. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an entered byproduct. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) 

to delete a byproduct. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add a byproduct. Click the ‘Form’ icon (

) to edit a saved byproduct. 

Exhibit 4-45 shows the screen capture of the ‘Byproduct Information’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-45: Byproduct Information Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

4.1.31 Optional Pollution Prevention

You can navigate to the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

from the ‘Byproduct Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ link within the navigation tree.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 140

The ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen provides fields for companies to enter data about 

their pollution prevention efforts. The company has the option of entering information as a free 

text field or as an attachment. The company can claim the information as CBI. 

The system allows an uploaded document to be claimed as CBI. If a document is claimed as 

CBI, the system requires the sanitized version of the attached document to be uploaded. To 

access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document 

within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.

The attachment table displays the file name and file extension of the document, the document 

description, the number of pages the document contains, and the CBI status of the document. 

Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located within the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents. 

You may provide information not reported elsewhere in this form regarding your efforts to 

reduce or minimize potential risks associated with activities surrounding manufacturing, 

processing, use, and disposal of the PMN substance. Include new information pertinent to 

pollution prevention, including source reduction, recycling activities and safer processes or 

products available due to the new chemical substance. Source reduction includes the reduction in 

the amount or toxicity of chemical wastes by technological modification, process and procedure 

modification, product reformulation, and/or raw materials substitution. Recycling refers to the 

reclamation of useful chemical components from wastes that would otherwise be treated or 

released as air emissions or water discharges, or land disposal. Quantitative or qualitative 

descriptions of pollution prevention, source reduction and recycling should emphasize potential 

risk reduction in addition to compliance with existing regulatory requirements. EPA is interested 

in the information to assess overall net reductions in toxicity or environmental releases and 

exposures, not the shifting of risks to other media (e.g., air to water) or non-environmental areas 

(e.g., occupational or consumer exposure). To the extent known, information about the 

technology being replaced will assist EPA in its relative risk determination. In addition, 

information on the relative cost or performance characteristics of the PMN substance to potential 

alternatives may be provided. 

Describe the expected net benefits, such as: 

(1) An overall reduction in risk to human health or the environment;

(2) A reduction in the generation of waste materials through recycling, source reduction or 

other means; 

(3) A reduction in the use of hazardous starting materials, reagents, or feedstocks; 

(4) A reduction in potential toxicity, human exposure and/or environmental release; or

(5) The extent to which the new chemical substance may be a substitute for an existing 

substance that poses a greater overall risk to human health or the environment. 

EPA strongly encourages submitters to provide pollution prevention data in their notices, as this 

information assists the Agency in balancing the benefits of a PMN substance against its unique 

risks.

While Agency staffers frequently receive information on the benefits of the PMN substance with 

respect to its use(s), data on pollution prevention effects are rarely included. This section should 

be utilized to indicate to EPA benefits in terms of the raw materials incorporated, the 

manufacturing process, emission reductions, less toxic waste byproducts, or lower risks upon end 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 141

use and disposal. You should consider the entire life cycle of the PMN substance in your 

evaluation.

Also consider opportunities for product stewardship or other risk management controls that could 

significantly reduce risk characteristics of the new substance (e.g., disposal techniques that can 

be easily implemented and substantially reduce waste toxicity). 

Initiatives in the New Chemicals Program such as Environmental Technology Initiative (ETI) for 

Chemicals, and the Pollution Prevention Recognition Project, are geared towards incorporating 

this type of information into the Agency’s risk management decision making and recognizing 

innovative chemical design or technological innovation that shows potential for environmental 

and human health benefits. 

Describe any pollution prevention benefits here, and indicate if this information is confidential 

business information. Attempt to quantify the expected benefits to the extent possible and avoid 

exaggeration and highly speculative statements. The following questions can be used to assess 

pollution prevention benefits: 

(1) Are there pollution prevention benefits associated with the new PMN chemical? 

(2) Does it allow reduction of elimination of (more) toxic solvents? 

(3) Does it reduce disposal to land, or in safer forms, compared to the chemistry it replaces? 

(4) Can it be recycled more easily than existing materials? 

(5) Does your manufacturing process eliminate or reduce the use/release of hazardous 

substances?

 Please click here to review additional information that should be included on this page: 

Clicking the link displays additional information regarding the pollution information.

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the pollution prevention information as confidential. 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the attach document 

functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window to make any edits. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 142

Exhibit 4-46 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-46: Optional Pollution Prevention Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Attachments’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Attachments’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.1.32 Additional Attachments 

You can navigate to the ‘Additional Attachments’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Additional Attachments’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Additional Attachments’ screen provides a table for you to add additional attachments that 

have not yet been incorporated into the form. This screen is used as a carryover where 

documents that did not have a suitable place in the application can be uploaded.

 Please click here to view a list of commonly attached documents and where they should 

be attached: Click the link to display a list of documents and where they should be attached.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the attach document

functionality. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 143

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains.

 Date: Displays the date a document was uploaded. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 

Exhibit 4-47 shows the screen capture of the ‘Additional Attachments’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-47: Additional Attachments Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Attachment Summary’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Attachment Summary’ link within the navigation tree.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 144

4.1.33 Attachment Summary 

You can navigate to the ‘Attachment Summary’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Additional Attachments’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Attachment 

Summary’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Attachment Summary’ screen displays a summary of the documents attached to the PMN 

form. The attachment table displays the section of the form a document is associated with, file 

name and file extension of a document, the document description, number of pages in a 

document, date attached, and whether the document is CBI.

 Section: Displays the section of the PMN form the document is associated with. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the documents that were uploaded on 

the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description of a document that was uploaded on the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages in a document that was uploaded on the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Date: Displays the upload date of a document that was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window.

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 145

Exhibit 4-48 shows the screen capture of the ‘Attachment Summary’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-48: Attachment Summary Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.1.34 Optional Cover Letter

You can navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Attachment Summary’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover 

Letter’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information with EPA that is not 

collected elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give OPPT resources and special 

instructions regarding the application. 

 Optional Cover Letter: Enter the description and any additional special instructions 

regarding the form.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the information as confidential. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 146

Exhibit 4-49 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-49: Optional Cover Letter Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. 

Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to perform a global save on the form. 

Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the 

form. Click the ‘Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to begin the 

submission process. 

4.1.35 Upload XML

You can access the ‘Upload XML’ screen by clicking the ‘Upload XML’ button within the 

lower-left side of the bottom action bar.

The ‘Upload XML’ screen is used to upload a PMN XML file into a current PMN form for PMN 

forms with numerous chemicals. You also have the option to export a current PMN form into an 

XML file using the ‘Export XML’ link.

 Upload XML File: Click the button to generate the ‘File Upload’ window to search for the 

ZIP archive file populated with PMN information. The archive file must contain the XML

form in a file labeled ‘formdata.xml.’ The application processes the ZIP archive file and

displays any applicable error messages. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 147

 Export XML: Click the button to generate the XML file of the current PMN form that a user 

can download. 

Exhibit 4-50 shows the screen capture of the ‘Upload XML’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-50: Upload XML Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. 

Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to begin the submission process.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 148

5 Create Biotechnology Form

The Biotechnology form is used as a way to collect information about “intergeneric”

microorganisms that will be manufactured or imported into the United States. EPA collects the 

information provided in a Biotechnology form through a free text box and attachments. The 

Biotechnology form does not have a structured data format, but there are several types of 

Biotechnology notices that can be filed. The different types are as follows: ‘Microbial 

Commercial Activity Notice (MCAN),’ ‘TSCA Experimental Release Application (TERA),’

‘Tier I Exemption,’ ‘Tier II Exemption,’ and ‘Biotechnology Test Market Exemption (TME)’

forms. All the forms have the same upload requirements, and EPA will retain responsibility for 

verifying the correct information is received. 

5.1 Create Biotechnology Form

To create a new Biotechnology form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ 

screen and select ‘Biotechnology’ from the ‘Form Type’ drop-down menu. Refer to Section 3.4

for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. 

Refer to Section 3.5 for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 

5.1.1 General Form Information 

You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen by creating a passphrase on the ‘Create 

Passphrase’ screen or by entering a passphrase on the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. 

The ‘General Form Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop-down menus for

you to input identifying information for the specific form. You will have the option to assign a 

‘Form Alias’ by which you will use to identify the form. A form alias is helpful when a user or 

company has multiple forms and/or when you must differentiate between forms to the help desk.

Upon navigating to the ‘General Form Information’ screen, the system will auto-generate a 

default alias in the following format: Form Type-YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS Time Zone. 

Select the submission type from the ‘Type of Submission’ drop-down menu. The ‘Type of 

Submission’ drop-down menu displays the following values:

 MCAN (Microbial Commercial Activity Notice) 

 TERA (TSCA Experimental Release Application) 

 Tier I Exemption

 Tier II Exemption

 Biotechnology TME (Text Market Exemption)

The system will provide a ‘TS Number’ field for you to enter a TS number to tie support 

documents or Joint Submissions to the original Biotechnology form. The TS number must be a 

six (6) character alphanumeric combination. The TS number should include two (2), three (3), or 

four (4) letters. Company names, recognizable words, and numerical series are not 

recommended. 

The ‘Text/Comments’ text box is required when an attachment is not provided. A ‘CBI’ 

checkbox is displayed above the ‘Text/Comments’ text box to claim the information as 

confidential.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 149

The ‘General Form Information’ screen displays the option to attach a document by clicking the 

‘Attach Document’ button. For more information regarding the attach document functionality, 

please refer to Section 3.9.

 Form Alias: Enter the form alias. Upon navigating to the screen, the system will autogenerate an editable alias comprised of <Form Type-YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS Time 

Zone>. This is a required field.

 Type of Submission: Select the submission type from the drop-down menu. This drop-down 

menu contains the following values: ‘MCAN (Microbial Commercial Activity Notice),’

‘TERA (TSCA Experimental Release Application),’ ‘Tier I Exemption,’ ‘Tier II Exemption,’

and ‘Biotechnology TME (Test Market Exemption).’

 TS Number: Enter the TS number. The TS number can be any six (6) character 

alphanumeric combination and should include two (2), three (3), or four (4) letters. Company

names, recognizable words and numerical series are not recommended. This field is required 

if ‘MCAN’ is selected from the ‘Type of Submission’ drop-down menu, if a Letter of 

Support is pending, and/or if a joint Biotechnology form is being filed. 

 Text/Comments: Enter a description of the form and/or attachment. This field is required if 

an attachment is not provided.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Text/Comments’ information as confidential.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Upload attachments including individual toxicity studies, GPC data, spectra, 

exposure monitoring evaluations, physical and chemical properties data, Structure-Activity

Relationship (SAR) modeling, test samples characterization data, explanatory comments, etc. 

Analytical tests should be provided with their complete data set. For example, provide a GPC 

test report with time interval data and all graphs. For ease of review, group attachments by 

type of data, e.g., physical/chemical properties, fate information, environmental toxicity, and 

human health toxicity. Please refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the attach 

document process. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description of a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 

 Check here if you are filing a consolidated Biotechnology form: Check the ‘Check here if 

you are filing a consolidated Biotechnology form’ checkbox to indicate you will be 

submitting a consolidated form. This field is required if a value is entered in the ‘Number of 

Microorganisms’ text field. 

 Check here if you are filing a joint Biotechnology form: Check the ‘Check here if you are 

filing a joint Biotechnology form’ checkbox to indicate you will be submitting a joint form. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 150

 Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending: Check the ‘Check here if you have a 

Letter of Support pending’ checkbox to indicate the form is pending a Letter of Support.

 Number of Microorganisms: Enter the number of microorganisms in a consolidated 

submission; this value should be a value from two (2) through twenty (20). This field is 

required if the ‘Check here if you are filing a consolidated Biotechnology form’ checkbox is 

checked. 

Exhibit 5-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen:

Exhibit 5-1: General Form Information Screen (Biotechnology) 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 151

Navigation: If you are filing a joint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to 

the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint 

Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you are filing a Letter of Support and 

not a joint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support 

Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support 

Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you are not filing either a Letter of 

Support or a Joint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical

Contact Information’ screen. You can also navigate to this screen by clicking the ‘Technical 

Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

5.1.2 Joint Submitter Information 

You can access the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘General Form Information’ screen if you indicate that a joint Biotechnology form is pending. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. You may add a maximum of two (2) Joint Submissions by clicking the ‘Add 

Joint Submission’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Remove’ link ( ) within the 

navigation tree to remove a Joint Submission. 

The ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop-down menus used 

to enter contact information for the joint submitter who will be submitting separate information 

for the Biotechnology form. The provided email address will be used to send the joint submitter

the unique identification number. 

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the joint 

submitter information as confidential. When you claim CBI, you are stating that the 

information is confidential and should not be released to the public.

 First Name: Enter the joint submitter’s first name. This is a required field.

 Last Name: Enter the joint submitter’s last name. This is a required field.

 Position: Enter the joint submitter’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the joint submitter’s company name. This is a required field.

 Phone Number: Enter the joint submitter’s U.S. phone number. This is a required field.

 Email Address: Enter the joint submitter’s email address. The email address must follow the 

standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. This is a required field.

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line mailing address of the joint submitter. This is a 

required field.

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the mailing address of the joint submitter. 

 City: Enter the U.S. city of the mailing address of the joint submitter. This is a required field.

 State: Enter the state of the mailing address of the joint submitter. This is a required field.

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the mailing address of the joint submitter. This is a 

required field.

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’ 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 152

Exhibit 5-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen:

Exhibit 5-2: Joint Submitter Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submission Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

5.1.3 Joint Submission Information 

You can access the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint 

Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen is used as a communication point between two 

companies. The ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen presents fields that capture information to 

pass to the secondary submitter. A field titled ‘Special Information’ captures information that the 

primary submitter will send to the secondary submitter in an email. A ‘Unique Identifier for Joint 

Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identifier auto-generates when you 

declare a joint submission is established. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 153

Joint Submission Process: A ‘Special Information’ field will be used to send information to the 

joint submitter in an email sent by the primary submitter. 

When the secondary submitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and 

creates a new form, the secondary submitter will be prompted to enter the unique identification 

number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. Once the secondary submitter enters the unique 

identification number, the application will tie the two forms together. 

Exhibit 5-3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen:

Exhibit 5-3: Joint Submission Information Screen

Navigation: If you are filing a Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the 

‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you are not filing a 

Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ 

screen. You can also navigate to this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link 

within the navigation tree. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 154

5.1.4 Notify Secondary Submitter of Joint Submission Information

You can access the unique identifier notification pop-up window by clicking the ‘Notify the 

Secondary Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link from the ‘Joint Submission Information’ 

screen. 

The unique identifier notification pop-up window is used to notify the secondary submitter of the 

unique identification number. The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field to 

add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and 

an ‘Additional Comments’ text box. 

 From: Displays the email address of the original submitter.

 CC: Contains the email address from CDX registration information, and the editable email 

address of the technical contact. 

 To: Contains instructional text to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the editable email 

address of the joint submitter specified on the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen; this 

email address will be automatically populated upon navigating to the window. 

 Subject: Displays ‘YYYY Biotechnology’ in an editable text field. 

 Message: Displays a pre-determined message that will display in the email sent to a 

secondary submitter. 

 Additional Comments: Enter any other additional comments or instructions that should be 

passed onto the secondary submitter.

 Send: Click the button to generate and send an email to the email addresses identified in the 

‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 155

Exhibit 5-4 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification pop-up window:

Exhibit 5-4: Unique Identifier Notification Window

Navigation: Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Joint Submitter and navigate back 

to the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen. Click the ‘X’ button in the upper right-hand corner 

to cancel the process of notifying a Joint Submitter and navigate back to the ‘Joint Submission 

Information’ screen. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 156

5.1.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information 

You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ 

button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you are not filing a Joint Submission. You

can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission Information’ 

screen if you identified that a Joint Submission would be filed. You can also access this screen 

by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree when 

you have indicated that a Letter of Support form will be filed. Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ 

link within the navigation tree to add a Letter of Support. The system will allow an unlimited 

number of Letters of Support to be filed. Remove a Letter of Support by clicking the ‘Remove’ 

link ( ) within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop-down 

menus used to enter contact information for the Letter of Support submitter who will be 

submitting separate information for the Biotechnology form. The provided email address will be 

used to send the Letter of Support submitter the unique identification number to create the Letter 

of Support at the discretion of the primary submitter.

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the Letter of Support submitter information as 

confidential. When you claim the Letter of Support submitter contact information as CBI, 

you are stating that the information is confidential and should not be released to the public. 

 First Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s first name. This is a required field.

 Last Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s last name. This is a required field.

 Position: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s job title.

 Company Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s company name. This is a required 

field.

 Phone Number: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s phone number. This is a required 

field.

 Email Address: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s email address. The email address 

must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. This is a required field.

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. 

This is a required field.

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing 

address.

 City: Enter the city of the mailing address of the Letter of Support submitter. This is a 

required field.

 State: Enter the state of the mailing address of the Letter of Support submitter. This is a 

required field if the ‘Country’ field is set to ‘United States.’ 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the mailing address for the Letter of Support submitter.

This is a required field. 

 Country: Select the country of the mailing address for the Letter of Support submitter. This 

is a required field.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 157

Exhibit 5-5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen:

Exhibit 5-5: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support 

Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

5.1.6 Letter of Support Submission Information 

You can navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen by clicking the 

‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access 

this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ link within the navigation 

tree.

The ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen is used as a communication point 

between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen presents fields 

to enter information to pass to the secondary submitter. A field titled ‘Special Information’ will 

be used to send information in an email to the secondary submitter. A ‘Unique Identifier for 

Letter of Support Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identifier will 

auto-generate when a Letter of Support submission is being established. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 158

Letter of Support Submission Process: A field titled ‘Special Information’ will be used to send 

information to the Joint Submitter in an email sent at the discretion of the primary submitter. 

When the secondary submitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and

creates a new form, the secondary submitter will be prompted to enter the unique identifier on 

the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. Once the unique identifier has been entered, the application will 

tie the two forms together. 

Exhibit 5-6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen:

Exhibit 5-6: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen.

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 159

5.1.7 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information

You can access the unique identifier notification pop-up window by clicking the ‘Notify the 

Secondary Submitter of the Letter of Support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support 

Submission Information’ screen. 

The unique identifier notification pop-up window is used to notify the secondary submitter of the 

unique identification number. The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field to 

add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and 

an ‘Additional Comments’ text box. 

 From: Displays the email address of the original submitter.

 CC: This will automatically populate with the email address from CDX registration 

information, and the editable email address of the technical contact. 

 To: Contains instructional text to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the editable email 

address of the joint submitter specified on the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen; this 

email address will be automatically populated upon navigating to the window. 

 Subject: Displays ‘YYYY Biotechnology’ in an editable text field. 

 Message: Displays a pre-determined message that will display in the email sent to a 

secondary submitter. 

 Additional Comments: Enter any other additional comments or instructions that can be 

passed onto the secondary submitter.

 Send: Click the button to generate and send the email to the email addresses identified in the 

‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 160

Exhibit 5-7 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification pop-up window:

Exhibit 5-7: Unique Identifier Notification Window

Navigation: Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the secondary submitter and navigate 

back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen. Click the ‘X’ in the upper righthand corner to cancel the unique identification number notification process and navigate back to 

the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 161

5.1.8 Technical Contact Information 

You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you are not filing a Joint Submission or Letter of 

Support. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint 

Submission Information’ screen if you are not filing a Letter of Support. You can navigate to the 

‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button if you are not 

filing a Joint submission. You can be directed to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen by 

clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen displays an ‘Add Technical Contact’ button. Click 

the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate an ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop-up window to

enter information into the text fields. The text fields can populate from your CDX registration 

information by clicking the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button. Check the ‘Check here to claim 

this information as CBI’ checkbox to indicate that the information is confidential and will not be 

released to the public. 

 Add Technical Contact: Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate the ‘Add 

Technical Contact’ pop-up window.

 Last Name: Displays the last name of the reported technical contact. 

 First Name: Displays the first name of the reported technical contact. 

 Address: Displays the address of the reported technical contact. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of the reported technical contact information by displaying 

either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the technical contact information from the 

table. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 162

Exhibit 5-8 shows the screen capture of the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen:

Exhibit 5-8: Technical Contact Information Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen to navigate

to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional 

Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 

 Copy CDX Registration: Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to copy your 

information from CDX registration; a message displays confirming the import of CDX 

registration information. 

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential.

 First Name: Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. 

This is a required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. 

This is a required field. 

 Position: Enter the technical contact’s job title. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 163

 Company Name: Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the daytime U.S. phone number of the technical contact. If you have 

clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered 

during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow 

the standard email address format: John.Doe@domain. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. 

This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the mailing address of the technical contact. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the mailing address of the technical contact. If 

you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. 

 City: Enter the city of the mailing address of the technical contact. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 State: Select the state of the mailing address of the technical contact. If you have clicked the

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the mailing address for the technical contact. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 164

Exhibit 5-9 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window:

Exhibit 5-9: Add Technical Contact Window

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button to stop the process of entering technical contact 

information and navigate back to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. Click the ‘OK’ 

button to save and populate the entered technical contact information and navigate back to the 

‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 165

5.1.9 Optional Cover Letter

You can access the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information to EPA not collected 

elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give OPPT resources and special instructions 

regarding the application; enter any necessary instructions into the blank text field. The cover 

letter should be either fully CBI or non-CBI to eliminate user error to promote transparency

between the company and EPA.

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the cover letter information as confidential. 

Exhibit 5-10 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen:

Exhibit 5-10: Optional Cover Letter Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. 

Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to perform a global save on the form. 

Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 166

form. Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to begin the submission 

process. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 167

6 Create Notice of Commencement (NOC) Form

The NOC form is a form that industry users submit to notify EPA of when a new chemical or 

microorganism, submitted under a Biotechnology or PMN form, has already started manufacture 

or import. A NOC form cannot be submitted before the chemical or microorganism has gone 

through the review period by EPA. The NOC must be submitted within 30 days after the start 

date of the first manufacture or import. 

6.1 Create NOC Form 

To create a new NOC form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and 

select ‘Notice of Commencement (NOC)’ from the ‘Form Type’ drop-down menu. Refer to 

Section 3.4 for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. 

Refer to Section 3.5 for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 

6.1.1 General Form Information

You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen by creating a passphrase on the ‘Create 

Passphrase’ screen or entering a passphrase on the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. The ‘General Form 

Information’ screen provides fields to identify information that notifies EPA of the form alias, 

case number, and manufacture or import information.

The ‘General Form Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop-down menus to 

input information about the originally filed form. The ‘Manufacture/Import Information’ field

presents radio buttons for you to state whether the company intends to manufacture or import the 

new chemical substance. When a manufacture/import radio button is selected, a calendar widget 

appears to enter the date of commencement. 

 Form Alias: Captures how the form will be identified. Upon navigating to the screen, the 

system will auto-generate an editable form alias in the following format: <Form TypeYYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS Time Zone>. This is a required field.

 Case Number: Enter the case number pertaining to the reported chemical substance or 

mixture. The case number must be in the following format: P-XX-XXXX for Premanufacture 

Notice cases or J-XX-XXXX for MCAN Biotechnology cases. This is a required field.

 First Commercial Manufacture: Enter the date for the first commercial manufacture. A 

calendar widget appears when the radio button is selected to select the appropriate date. If 

you select a future date past the current date, an error displays when navigating away from 

the screen. Either the ‘First Commercial Manufacture’ radio button or the ‘First Commercial 

Importation’ field is required. 

 First Commercial Importation: Enter the date for the first commercial importation. A 

calendar widget appears when the radio button is selected to select the appropriate date. If 

you select a future date past the current date, an error displays when navigating away from 

the screen. Either the ‘First Commercial Manufacture’ or the ‘First Commercial Importation’ 

field is required. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 168

Exhibit 6-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen:

Exhibit 6-1: General Form Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

6.1.2 Technical Contact Information 

You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘General Form Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen displays an ‘Add Technical Contact’ button. Click 

the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate an ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop-up window to

enter technical contact information into the list of text fields. Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ 

button to populate the text fields with your contact information entered during CDX registration.

Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact 

information as confidential to indicate that the information will not be released to the public.

 Add Technical Contact: Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate the ‘Add 

Technical Contact’ pop-up window. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 169

 Last Name: Displays the last name of the reported technical contact. 

 First Name: Displays the first name of the reported technical contact. 

 Address: Displays the address of the reported technical contact. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of the reported technical contact by displaying either a ‘Y’ or 

an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the technical contact. A warning message 

displays to confirm the deletion of the technical contact. 

Exhibit 6-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen:

Exhibit 6-2: Technical Contact Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Information’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 170

Exhibit 6-3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window:

Exhibit 6-3: Add Technical Contact Window

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button to cancel the process of adding technical contact 

information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save the entered technical contact information and return 

to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. 

 Copy CDX Registration: Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to import contact 

information from CDX registration; a confirmation will display. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 171

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential. 

 First Name: Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. 

This is a required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Company Name: Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the daytime U.S. phone number of the technical contact; this must be 

at least 10 characters long and does not accept dashes. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow 

the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration.

 City: Enter the city of the mailing address of the technical contact. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 State: Select the state of the mailing address of the technical contact from the drop-down 

menu. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with 

information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the mailing address for the technical contact. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’ 

6.1.3 Chemical Information

You can access the ‘Chemical Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Chemical Information’ screen provides fields to identify the chemical the submitter has 

begun to manufacture or import. The ‘Specific Chemical Identity’ section provides fields to input 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 172

information describing the chemical for which the NOC is to be filed. This screen outlines the 

unique chemical properties and displays the name and CASRN of the chemical.

If you claim a chemical as CBI, the ‘Generic Chemical Name’ text box generates. A ‘CBI 

Substantiation’ folder displays within the navigation tree upon navigating away from the screen.

If you claim chemical identity as confidential, you must provide a generic chemical name for 

your substance that reveals the specific chemical identity of the new chemical substance to the 

maximum extent possible. 

 Add Chemical Component: Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to generate the 

‘Specific Chemical Identity’ expandable/collapsible field set. At least one chemical is required. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The 

‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the expandable/collapsible 

field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the 

expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to

confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add 

Chemical Component’ button.

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to 

expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 Substance Identity Confidentiality Status: You will only be able to select a single radio 

button. If you claim the chemical as CBI, after clicking the ‘Save’ button in the ‘Specific 

Chemical Identity’ expandable/collapsible field set, the system will enable the first radio button 

and disable the second and third radio buttons. If you do not claim the chemical as CBI, after 

clicking the ‘Save’ button in the ‘Specific Chemical Identity’ expandable/collapsible field set, 

the system will disable the first radio button and enable the second and third radio button 

options. This section displays the following options: 

oI wish to claim the substance identity confidential and the substantiation to support this 

claim is attached. Failure to submit the required substantiation in accordance with 40 

CFR 720.85(b) will result in waiver of your claim. 

oI previously claimed the substance identity as confidential and hereby relinquish that 

claim. 

oI did not claim the substance identity as confidential in my original PMN submission. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 173

Exhibit 6-4 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information’ screen:

Exhibit 6-4 Chemical Information Screen

 Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘Search SRS’ window. Refer to 

Section 3.10 for additional details regarding the search SRS functionality.

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN of the chemical being reported, if applicable.

 Chemical Name: Displays the chemical name of the substance being reported.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Specific Chemical Identity’ information as 

confidential and generate the ‘Generic Chemical Name’ text box. If you claim the chemical 

as confidential, a ‘CBI Substantiation’ folder displays within the navigation tree after 

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Chemical Information’ screen.

 Generic Chemical Name: Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field 

displays only when the ‘Specific Chemical Identity’ is claimed CBI. 

 Save: Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Specific Chemical 

Identity’ expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 174

icon ( ) located within the action bar at the bottom of the screen to successfully save the 

entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen 

using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. 

Exhibit 6-5 show the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information’ screen – Chemical Claimed 

CBI (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 6-5 Chemical Information Screen – Chemical Claimed CBI (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 175

Exhibit 6-6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information’ screen – Chemical Claimed 

CBI (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 6-6 Chemical Information Screen – Chemical Claimed CBI (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen. You 

can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site Information’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

6.1.4 Submitter Site Information

You can access the ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site 

Information’ link within the navigation tree.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 176

The ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen identifies the site at which the manufacture or import of 

the chemical occurs. The system provides fields to enter site identification information in the 

‘Site’ table. You are able to enter sites by searching the FRS. To do so, click the ‘FRS Search’ 

button. 

 FRS Search: Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to generate the ‘Facility Registry System 

Search’ pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.11 for additional details regarding the Facility

Registry System search functionality. 

 Registry ID: Displays the EPA registry ID of the site.

 Site Name: Displays the site name associated with a site. 

 Address: Displays the site address of a site. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a site by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the site row permanently from the system. A 

confirmation prompt displays to confirm the deletion. 

Exhibit 6-7 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen:

Exhibit 6-7: Submitter Site Information 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 177

Navigation: If you claimed a chemical as CBI, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI 

Substantiation Part 1’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation 

Part 1’ link within the navigation tree. If you did not claim a chemical as CBI, click the ‘Next’ 

button to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by

clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 

6.1.5 CBI Substantiation Part 1

You can access the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Submitter Site Information’ screen if a chemical was claimed CBI on the ‘Chemical 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ 

link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen presents substantiation questions that require you to 

provide answers into the text fields as free text or enter ‘N/A’ if the question does not apply. The 

‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen consists of questions A through D, which read as follows:

 (A) What harmful effects to your competitive position, if any, do you think would result 

if EPA publishes on the Inventory the identity of the chemical substance? How could a 

competitor use such information given the fact that the identity of the substance 

otherwise would appear on the inventory of chemical substances with no link between 

the substance and your company or industry? How substantial would the harmful 

effects of disclosure be? What is the causal relationship between the disclosure and the 

harmful effects?: Enter the answer to substantiation question A. This is a required field. 

 (B) For what period of time should confidential treatment be given? Until a specific 

date, the occurrence of a specific event, or permanently? Why?: Enter the answer to 

substantiation question B. This is a required field.

 (C) Has the chemical substance been patented? If so, have you granted licenses to others 

with respect to the patent as it applies to the chemical substance? If the chemical 

substance has been patented and therefore disclosed through the patent, why should it 

be treated as confidential for purposes of the Inventory?: Enter the answer to 

substantiation question C. This is a required field.

 (D) Has the identity of the chemical substance been kept confidential to the extent that 

your competitors do not know it is being manufactured or imported for a commercial 

purpose by anyone?: Enter the answer to substantiation question D. This is a required field.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 178

Exhibit 6-8 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 6-8: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 179

Exhibit 6-9 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 6-9: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen. You 

can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

6.1.6 CBI Substantiation Part 2

You can access the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI 

Substantiation Part 2’ link within the navigation tree.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 180

The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen presents substantiation questions that require answers to 

be entered into the text fields as free text or enter ‘N/A’ if the question does not apply. The ‘CBI 

Substantiation Part 2’ screen consists of questions E through H, which read as follows:

 (E) Is the fact that someone is manufacturing or importing this chemical substance for 

commercial purposes available to the public, e.g. in technical journals or other 

publications; in libraries; or in State, local or Federal agency public files?: Captures the 

answer to substantiation question E. This is a required field.

 (F) What measures have you taken to prevent undesired disclosure of the fact that you 

are manufacturing or importing this substance for a commercial purpose?: Captures the 

answer to substantiation question F. This is a required field.

 (G) To what extent has the fact that you are manufacturing or importing this chemical 

substance for a commercial purpose been disclosed to others? What precautions have 

you taken in regard to these disclosures? Has this information been disclosed to the 

public, or to competitors?: Captures the answer to substantiation question G. This is a 

required field.

 (H) In what form does this particular chemical substance leave the site of manufacture, 

e.g. as part of a product, in effluent or emission stream? If so, what measures have you 

taken to guard against discovery of its identity?: Captures the answer to substantiation 

question H. This is a required field.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 181

Exhibit 6-10 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 6-10: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 182

Exhibit 6-11 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 6-11: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen. You 

can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

6.1.7 CBI Substantiation Part 3

You can access the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI 

Substantiation Part 3’ link within the navigation tree.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 183

The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen presents substantiation questions that require answers to 

be entered into the text fields as free text or enter ‘N/A’ if the question does not apply. The ‘CBI 

Substantiation Part 3’ screen consists of questions I through L, which read as follows:

 (I) If the chemical substance leaves the site of manufacture in a product that is available 

to either the public or your competitors, can they identify the substance by analyzing 

the product?: Enter the answer to substantiation question I. This is a required field.

 (J) For what purpose do you manufacture or import the substance?: Enter the answer to 

substantiation question J. This is a required field.

 (K) Has EPA, another Federal agency, or any Federal court made any persistent 

confidentiality determinations regarding this chemical substance? If so, copies of such 

determinations must be included in the substantiation.: Enter the answer to substantiation 

question K. This is a required field.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window and attach supporting documentation for substantiation question K. Refer to 

Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the attach document functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document. 

 (L) If the notice includes a health and safety study concerning the new chemical 

substance, the submitter must also answer the question in 40 CFR 720.90(b)(2). Persons 

must answer this question if a health and safety study was provided at any time in the

new chemical process.: Enter the answer to substantiation question L. This is a required 

field.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 184

Exhibit 6-12 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 6-12: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 185

Exhibit 6-13 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 6-13: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen if a chemical 

was not claimed CBI, or the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional 

Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link 

within the navigation tree. 

6.1.8 Optional Cover Letter

If you are not claiming a chemical as CBI on the ‘Chemical Information’ screen, click the ‘Next’ 

button from the ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ 

screen. If you did claim a chemical as CBI on the ‘Chemical Information’ screen, click the 

‘Next’ button from the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 186

Letter screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within 

the navigation tree. 

The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information to EPA not collected 

elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give OPPT resources and special instructions 

regarding the application. The cover letter should be either fully CBI or non-CBI to eliminate 

user error and to promote transparency between the company and EPA.

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the cover letter as confidential. 

 Cover Letter: Enter any additional information or special instructions associated with the 

form. 

Exhibit 6-14 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen:

Exhibit 6-14: Optional Cover Letter Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. 

Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the 

‘Preview’ icon ( ) to generate a PDF preview of the form. Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) located 

in the bottom action bar to begin the submission process. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 187

7 Create Support Form

The Section 5 Notices and Supports application allows support forms to be submitted such as 

‘Amendment,’ ‘Correspondence,’ ‘Suspension Request,’ ‘Transfer of Ownership,’ ‘Withdrawal 

Requests,’ and ‘Test Data.’ Support forms are filed separately from PMN forms due to access 

restrictions and/or to provide information not included in the original PMN. The Support form is 

used to supplement the original PMN by providing additional data that was not provided 

originally, withdraw a PMN application, or provide data that was requested later.

7.1 Create Support Form

To create a new Support form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen 

and select ‘Support’ from the ‘Form Type’ drop-down menu. Refer to Section 3.4 for additional 

details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. 

Refer to Section 3.5 for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 

7.1.1 General Form Information

You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen by entering a passphrase in the ‘Enter 

Passphrase’ screen or creating a passphrase on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. 

The ‘General Form Information’ screen provides a list of text fields and drop-down menus for

you to input information about the originally filed form. 

 Form Alias: Captures how the form will be identified. Upon navigating to the screen, the 

system auto-generates an editable form alias comprised of <Form Type-YYYYMMDDHH:MM:SS Time Zone>. This is a required field. 

 Case Number: Enter the case number. The case number must be in one of the following 

formats: P-XX-XXXX for PMN, SN-XX-XXXX for SNUN, L-XX-XXXX for LVE, LMXX-XXXX for LVE Modifications, X-XX-XXXX for LOREX, XM-XX-XXXX for LOREX 

Modifications, T-XX-XXXX for TMEA and I-XX-XXXX for Mock PMN. This is a required 

field.

 TS Number: Enter the TS number; this field accepts any six (6) character alphanumeric 

combination. This value is determined by the company in order to identify the form for both 

payments and connecting related submissions when additional communications (Letters of 

Support, Joint Submissions and corrections) are sent before a PMN/LVE number has been 

assigned. The TS number should include two (2), three (3), or four (4) letters. Company

names, recognizable words and numerical series are not recommended.

 Original Submission Media Type: Select the original submission media type from the dropdown menu. This field contains the following values: ‘CD,’ ‘Paper,’ and ‘eTSCA PMN 1.0,’

and helps OPPT locate legacy files. This is a required field.

 Original Submission Date: Enter the date for the original submission date by clicking the 

calendar icon, which generates the calendar pop-up window to select the appropriate date.

 Type of Support: Select the type of support from the drop-down menu. This field contains 

the following values: ‘Amendment,’ ‘Suspension Request,’ ‘Test Data,’ ‘Transfer of 

Ownership,’ ‘Withdrawal Request,’ and ‘Other Correspondence.’ This is a required field.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 188

 Check if requested by EPA/Contractor: Check the ‘Check if requested by 

EPA/Contractor’ checkbox to display fields to enter information to identify the requestor that 

asked you to submit support information. 

 Last Name: Enter the last name of the requestor. This field only displays if the ‘Check if 

requested by EPA/Contractor’ checkbox is checked and is required if displayed. 

 First Name: Enter the first name of the requestor. This field only displays if the ‘Check if 

requested by EPA/Contractor’ checkbox is checked and is required if displayed. 

 EPA/Contractor: Select a value from the drop-down menu to identify whether the requestor 

is an EPA official, a contractor, or unknown. This drop-down menu contains the following 

options: ‘EPA,’ ‘Contractor,’ and ‘Unknown.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an individual EPA/contractor entry. Click the 

‘Form’ icon ( ) to edit an individual EPA/contractor entry. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to 

delete an individual EPA/contractor entry. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add another entry to 

enter EPA/contractor information. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the support description or explanation of support as 

confidential. 

 Description or Explanation of Support: Enter the support description or explanation of 

support. Either the ‘Description or Explanation of Support’ field is required, or an attached 

document is required.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window and attach documents describing the Support form. Attachments that are 

uploaded include individual toxicity studies, GPC data, spectra, exposure monitoring 

evaluations, physical and chemical properties data, SAR modeling, test samples 

characterization data, explanatory comments, etc. Analytical tests should be provided with 

their complete data set. For example, provide a GPC test report with time interval data and all 

graphs. For ease of review, group attachments by type of data, e.g., physical/chemical 

properties, fate information. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the attach 

document functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. 

 Subtype: Displays the subtype of a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 189

Exhibit 7-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 7-1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 190

Exhibit 7-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 7-2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Original Submitter Information’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Original Submitter Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

7.1.2 Original Submitter Information 

You can access the ‘Original Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘General Form Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Original 

Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 191

The ‘Original Submitter Information’ screen provides a list of text fields to enter the contact 

information of the Authorized Official who submitted the original PMN form for whom you are 

filing the Support form. 

 Check here to copy your information from CDX Registration: Click the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button to import your CDX registration information. A prompt will generate to 

confirm the import of registration information. 

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the original submitter contact information as 

confidential. 

 First Name: Enter the original submitter’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the original submitter’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Position: Enter the original submitter’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the original submitter’s company name. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the original submitter’s daytime phone number; U.S. or international. 

If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the original submitter’s email address. The email address must follow 

the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the mailing address of the original submitter. If 

you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the mailing address. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration.

 City: Enter the city of the mailing address of the original submitter. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 State: Enter the state of the mailing address of the original submitter. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field if the ‘Country’ field is set to ‘United States.’

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the mailing address for the original submitter. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 192

 Country: Select the country of the original submitter from the drop-down menu. If you have 

clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered 

during CDX registration. This is a required field.

Exhibit 7-3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Original Submitter Information’ screen:

Exhibit 7-3: Original Submitter Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. 

Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the 

‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to generate a PDF preview of the form. 

Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to initiate the submission process. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 193

8 Create Bona Fide Form

The purpose of the Bona Fide module is to receive an official determination from EPA as to 

whether a substance is on the TSCA inventory. Submitters may attempt to avoid submitting a 

PMN by completing a Bona Fide form to establish that the chemical already exists on the 

inventory. The Bona Fide process is covered in a thirty (30) day period.

8.1 Create Bona Fide Form

To create a new Bona Fide form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen 

and select ‘Bona Fide’ from the ‘Form Type’ drop-down menu. Refer to Section 3.4 for 

additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. 

Refer to Section 3.5 for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 

8.1.1 General Document Information

You can access the ‘General Document Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Start New Form’

button and creating a new passphrase, or by accessing a Section 5 Notices and Supports Bona 

Fide form that is ‘In Progress’ and entering the passphrase associated with the selected form. 

The ‘General Document Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and checkboxes for you

to input identifying information for the specific form. You will have the option to assign a ‘Form 

Alias’ by which the form can be identified. The form alias is helpful when you or the company

has multiple forms and/or when you user must differentiate between forms to the help desk. If a 

form alias is not entered, the system will provide a default alias comprised of a form type and 

date and time stamp in the following format: <Form Type-YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS Time 

Zone>. 

You can claim the entirety of the form as CBI. The entire form will be claimed as CBI if you 

check the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox. The entire form will be 

considered non-CBI if you leave the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox

unchecked.

You can indicate that a technical contact will be identified by checking the ‘Technical Contact’ 

checkbox. The technical contact must possess sufficient knowledge to answer any questions EPA 

may have about the chemical reported in the form. The application will generate a ‘Technical 

Contact Information’ screen when you check the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox. 

You can indicate that a Letter of Support is expected to be filed by a secondary submitter by

checking the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox. The Letter of Support shall be submitted by a 

Secondary Authorized Official. The Secondary Authorized Official will have a unique 

identification number that will link the forms. The unique identification number will be sent to 

the Letter of Support submitter, via email. At submission of the primary Bona Fide form, the 

unique identification number will link the two forms together. The information submitted in both 

forms will be kept separate, but linked, by the system. The Primary and Secondary AO will only 

be able to view information submitted by their own company.

You can indicate that you are submitting on behalf of another company by checking the 

‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ checkbox. The ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ screen 

presents a list of text fields for you to input contact information for the company on whose behalf 

the form is being made when submitting on behalf of another company. The application will 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 194

generate a ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ screen during the submission process when you 

check the ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ checkbox.

 Form Alias: Enter the form alias. Upon navigating to the screen, the screen will autogenerate an editable form alias comprised of <Form Type-YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS Time 

Zone>. This is a required field. 

 I claim the entirety of this submission as CBI: Check the ‘I claim the entirety of this 

submission as CBI’ checkbox to flag all data contained within the form as confidential.

 Technical Contact: Check the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox to generate a ‘Technical 

Contact Information’ screen for you to enter contact information about the technical contact 

associated with the reported chemical. 

 Letter of Support: Check the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox to indicate that the form is 

pending a Letter of Support and to generate the ‘Letter of Support’ folder within the 

navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support’ folder contains the following screens: ‘Letter of 

Support Submitter Information’ and ‘Letter of Support Submission Information.’

 Submitting on Behalf of Company: Check the ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ 

checkbox to indicate that you will be submitting a Bona Fide form on behalf of another 

company. A ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ screen will display during the submission 

process for you to enter information pertaining to the company you are submitting on behalf 

of that will manufacture or import the chemical substance. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 195

Exhibit 8-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Document Information’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 8-1: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 196

Exhibit 8-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Document Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 8-2: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Primary Contact Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

8.1.2 Primary Contact Information 

You can access the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Primary Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 197

The data fields on the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen are pre-populated based on 

information entered during CDX registration. All fields are editable allowing for necessary

updates. The ‘Title’ field on this screen is not pre-populated from CDX registration and is a 

required field.

If you checked the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General 

Document Information’ screen, all entered primary contact information is flagged as CBI.

The following fields are captured and displayed from the logged in user’s CDX registration 

information: 

 Prefix: Select the primary contact’s prefix from the drop-down menu. 

 First Name: Enter the primary contact’s first name. This is a required field.

 Middle Initial: Enter the primary contact’s middle initial. 

 Last Name: Enter the primary contact’s last name. This is a required field.

 Suffix: Select the primary contact’s suffix from the drop-down menu.

 Title: Enter the primary contact’s job title. This is a required field.

 Company Name: Enter the primary contact’s company name. 

 Phone Number: Enter the primary contact’s daytime U.S. phone number; dashes are not 

allowed. This is a required field.

 Email Address: Enter the primary contact’s email address. The email address must 

follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@ABC.com. This is a required field.

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the primary contact’s mailing address. This is a

required field.

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the primary contact’s mailing address. 

 City: Enter the city of the primary contact’s mailing address. 

 State: Select the state of the primary contact’s mailing address from the drop-down 

menu. The state field is required if the user selects ‘United States’ from the country dropdown menu.

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the primary contact’s mailing address. This is a 

required field.

 Country: Select the country of the primary contact’s mailing address. This is a required 

field. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 198

Exhibit 8-3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen:

Exhibit 8-3: Primary Contact Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen if 

you checked the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen.

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen if you left 

the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox unchecked on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link within the navigation 

tree. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 199

8.1.3 Technical Contact Information

If you indicated on the ‘General Document Information’ screen that technical contact 

information would be provided, then you can navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ 

screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation 

tree.

The technical contact is a subject matter expert (SME) who is capable of answering questions 

related to the chemical submitted to EPA within the Bona Fide form. The technical contact does 

not have to work at the port or site reported on the form but must possess sufficient knowledge to 

answer EPA’s questions pertaining to the chemical reported in the form. The ‘Technical Contact 

Information’ screen is utilized across all Section 5 Notices and Supports forms.

The text fields on the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen will be blank upon accessing the 

screen. To add information, you will enter data into the blank text boxes for the listed text fields. 

If you checked the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General 

Document Information’ screen, all entered technical contact information will be flagged as CBI.

 Prefix: Select the technical contact’s prefix from the drop-down menu. 

 First Name: Enter the technical contact’s first name. This is a required field. 

 Middle Initial: Enter the technical contact’s middle initial. 

 Last Name: Enter the technical contact’s last name. This is a required field. 

 Suffix: Select the technical contact’s suffix from the drop-down menu.

 Title: Enter the technical contact’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the technical contact’s company name. 

 Phone Number: Enter the technical contact’s daytime U.S. phone number; dashes are 

not allowed. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must 

follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@ABC.com. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address.

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address. 

 City: Enter the city of the technical contact’s mailing address. 

 State: Select the state of the technical contact’s mailing address from the drop-down 

menu. This is a required field. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the technical contact’s mailing address.

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’ 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 200

Exhibit 8-4 shows the screen capture of the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen:

Exhibit 8-4: Technical Contact Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.1.4 Statement of Intent

You can access the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Primary

Contact Information’ if you left the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox unchecked on the ‘General 

Document Information’ screen or by clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘Technical Contact 

Information’ screen if you checked the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox on the ‘General Document 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link 

within the navigation tree.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 201

The ‘Statement of Intent’ screen requires you to indicate whether your intent is to manufacture or 

import the chemical substance for which you are requesting a TSCA inventory determination 

from EPA. You must indicate the activities of ‘Manufacture’ and/or ‘Import’ by checking the 

provided checkboxes. If you indicate that you intend to manufacture the chemical substance, a 

prompt to identify the ‘Site of Manufacture’ on the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen will 

display. Similarly, if you indicate that you intend to import the chemical substance, a prompt to 

identify a ‘Port of Entry’ on the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen will display.

On this screen, you are required to enter the date you expect to submit a Section 5 notification if 

the result is that the chemical is not found on the inventory. 

If you checked the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General 

Document Information’ screen, all information entered on the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen will 

be flagged as CBI.

 Manufacture: Check the ‘Manufacture’ checkbox to indicate the chemical substance 

will be manufactured. Either the ‘Manufacture’ or ‘Import’ checkbox is required to be 

checked.

 Import: Check the ‘Import’ checkbox to indicate the chemical substance will be 

imported. Either the ‘Manufacture’ or ‘Import’ checkbox is required to be checked.

 Date of expected Section 5 notification if the result is that the chemical is not on the 

inventory: Enter the date when you are expecting to submit a Section 5 notification if the 

result is that the chemical is not found on the inventory. This data can be entered in any 

format (i.e. ‘Quarter 1 of 2014,’ ‘10/01/14’). This is a required field.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 202

Exhibit 8-5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen:

Exhibit 8-5: Statement of Intent Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ 

screen if you checked the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ 

screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ 

link within the navigation tree. 

8.1.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information

You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ 

button from the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen if you selected the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox on 

the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen is used to enter contact information 

regarding the Letter of Support submitter who will provide additional, separate information 

regarding the Bona Fide form. The email address provided for the Letter of Support submitter 

will be used to send the unique identification number, which is used to link the primary and 

secondary submissions, to the Letter of Support submitter. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 203

If you checked the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General 

Document Information’ screen, all information entered on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter 

Information’ screen will be flagged as CBI.

 Prefix: Select the Letter of Support submitter’s prefix from the drop-down menu.

 First Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s first name. This is a required field. 

 Middle Initial: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s middle initial.

 Last Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s last name. This is a required field. 

 Suffix: Select the Letter of Support submitter’s suffix from the drop-down menu.

 Title: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s company name. This is a required 

field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s U.S. or international daytime phone 

number. Dashes are not allowed in this field. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s email address. The email address 

must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@ABC.com. This is a required 

field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. 

This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing 

address. 

 City: Enter the city of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required 

field. 

 State: Select the state of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the dropdown menu. This is a required field when the ‘Country’ field is identified as ‘United States.’

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. 

This is a required field.

 Country: Select the country of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the 

drop-down menu. This is a required field. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 204

Exhibit 8-6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen:

Exhibit 8-6: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support 

Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.1.6 Letter of Support Submission Information

You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Nex t’ 

button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this 

screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

The ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen is used as a communication point 

between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen displays a 

comment box for you to enter information that will be passed on to the Letter of Support 

submitter. A text field will be used to send information to the Letter of Support submitter in an 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 205

email sent by the primary submitter. A ‘Unique Identification Number for Letter of Support 

Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identification number is generated 

when you declare a Letter of Support submission is being established. 

Letter of Support Submission Process: When you designate that a Letter of Support 

submission is being filed, you will be asked to enter all the information within the ‘Letter of 

Support Submission’ folder. The forms from the primary submitter will be linked, but not 

combined by the system. 

When the primary submitter chooses to notify the Letter of Support submitter of the unique 

identification number, the system will send an email to the Letter of Support submitter 

designated on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. The email will contain the 

‘Unique Identifier Number’ that will link the two forms. 

When the Letter of Support submitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ 

screen and creates a form to be filed, the user will be prompted to enter the unique identification 

number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. Once the unique identification number has been 

entered, the system will link the primary and Letter of Support forms. You may add additional 

Letters of Supports by clicking the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree. 

 Letter of Support Submission Information Instructions: Enter the information that the 

Primary AO is sending to the Letter of Support submitter. 

 Letter of Support Submission Informational Text: Displays instructional text provided by

OPPT, the unique identifier number generated for the form, and allows you to email the 

unique identifier number to the Letter of Support submitter by clicking the ‘Notify the 

Secondary Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link. 

 Unique Identification Number: The unique identification number is a random number autogenerated to pass on to the Letter of Support submitter to create a Letter of Support

submission. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 206

Exhibit 8-7 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen:

Exhibit 8-7: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ 

screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

8.1.7 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information

You can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support Submission 

Information’ screen. 

The unique identifier notification window is used to notify the secondary submitter of the unique 

identifier number. The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for you to add 

other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an 

‘Additional Comments’ text box. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 207

 From: Displays the email address of the logged in user that created the form. 

 CC: Contains instructional text for a user to enter multiple email addresses. This will 

automatically populate with the email address of the logged in user, and the email address of 

the technical contact. 

 To: Contains the editable email address of the Letter of Support submitter specified on the 

‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen; this email address will be automatically

populated upon navigating to the window. 

 Subject: Displays ‘YYYY Bona Fide’ in an editable text field. 

 Message: Displays a pre-determined message in the email sent to a Letter of Support 

submitter. 

 Additional Comments: Enter any other additional comments or instructions that can be 

passed onto the Letter of Support submitter.

 Send: Click the ‘Send’ button to generate and send the email to the email addresses 

identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 208

Exhibit 8-8 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window:

Exhibit 8-8: Unique Identifier Notification Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Letter of Support submitter and 

navigate back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen. Click the ‘X’ button in 

the upper right-hand corner to cancel the unique identifier notification process. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 209

8.1.8 Chemical Identification Information

You can access the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

from the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen if you left the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox unchecked on 

the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access the ‘Chemical Identification 

Information’ screen from the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen if you checked 

the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

The ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen identifies the type of chemical the submitter 

will be entering into the application. You will be able to file a Bona Fide form for a class 1 or 2 

chemical substance or a polymer. Based on your selection, the appropriate screens for the 

respective chemical will appear. 

This screen also provides a text field for you to identify an alias for the chemical substance. The

chemical alias is required if a Letter of Support is being filed. 

 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance: Select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button 

to indicate that the chemical is a class 1 or 2 substance. If you select the ‘Polymer’ radio 

button after initially selecting the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, the 

application generates an error message warning you that you will lose all data for this 

chemical if the chemical type changes. The user is required to select one of the two radio 

button options displayed in the ‘Chemical Type’ section.

 Polymer: Select the ‘Polymer’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is a polymer. If you 

select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button after initially selecting the 

‘Polymer’ radio button, the application generates an error message warning you that you will 

lose all data for this chemical if the chemical type changes. The user is required to select one 

of the two radio button options displayed in the ‘Chemical Type’ section.

 Chemical Alias: Enter the chemical alias to associate with a chemical. This is a required 

field only if a Letter of Support is being filed. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 210

Exhibit 8-9 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen: 

Exhibit 8-9: Chemical Identification Information Screen

Navigation: If you selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ 

button to navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. If you selected the 

‘Polymer’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Polymer Identification 

Information’ screen.

8.1.9 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances

If you selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to 

navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen.

The ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter information 

describing the chemical for the Bona Fide which is to be filed, including its name, composition,

and structure. 

You can add a chemical component by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon 

clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, an expandable/collapsible field set is generated 

that contains numerous fields to identify the chemical in question. You will be able to enter 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 211

multiple chemical components, each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button for each chemical component you wish to identify.

 Add Chemical Component: Click the button to generate the class 1 or 2 chemical substances 

field set.

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The 

‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the expandable/collapsible 

field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the 

expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. 

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to 

expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 Class of Substance: In the section, ‘Class of Substance,’ you identify whether a ‘Class 1’ or 

‘Class 2’ chemical substance is being reported. When you select a ‘Class 2’ chemical substance

radio button, you are indicating that some portions of the structure may not be known and an 

additional screen will appear within the navigation tree that provides fields for you to enter 

information concerning how the chemical was created. If multiple class 2 chemical 

components are added, one ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen will apply to all chemical components. 

 Add Chemical ID: You can access the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop-up window by clicking the 

‘Add Chemical ID’ button within the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ field set. You can 

search for the reported chemical(s) either by the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other 

Synonym.’ If you retrieve zero results, the system provides fields for you to enter the chemical 

information by filling in the ‘Chemical Name’ and the ‘Chemical Abstract Services Registry

Number’ under the manual entry field set. The system provides functionality to enter the 

selected chemical by clicking the ‘OK’ button located at the bottom of the ‘Add Chemical ID’ 

window. 

 Chemical Name: The system provides fields for you to identify the ‘Chemical Name’ and the 

‘CASRN’ (if available). The system provides functionality for you to search for the chemical 

substance using the ‘Add Chemical ID’ search or manually enter the chemical information in 

the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop up. 

 ID Method: The system shall require that you identify which identification (ID) method was 

used to determine the chemical identity. When you select ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert 

Service),’ the system will generate an ‘Attach IES Report’ button for you to attach an 

Inventory Expert Service (IES) report. If you select ‘Method 1,’ you are required to attach an 

IES report. You can also select ‘Method 2 (Other Method).’ 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 212

 Attach IES Report: To access the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop-up window, click the ‘Attach IES 

Report’ button that generates within the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ field set after

selecting the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button. After you attach the 

document(s), and click the ‘OK’ button, the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop-up window will close and 

the document information will be displayed in a table format on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical 

Substances’ screen. The document attachment table displays the file name of the document(s)

and the user-provided description of the document(s). The system allows you to delete 

unwanted documents by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ column. To 

access or edit previously attached documents, you can click the ‘File Name’ link under the 

‘File Name’ column.

 Molecular Formula: Enter a molecular formula in a text field using a free text format. This 

field is optional.

 Chemical Structure Diagram: The system allows you to attach a chemical structure diagram. 

This field is optional.

 Attach Chemical Structure: To access the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ screen, click the 

‘Attach Chemical Structure’ button within the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ field set. 

You can attach the file(s) and enter a description of the document regarding the chemical 

structure.

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach 

Chemical Structure’ window. 

 Description: Displays the description of the chemical structure 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached chemical structure row 

permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 

 Save: Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field 

set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located within the bottom action 

bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to 

navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.

After the document(s) is/are attached and you have clicked the ‘OK’ button, the ‘Attach 

Chemical Structure’ pop-up window closes and the document information will be displayed in a 

table format on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. The attachment table displays the 

file name of the document and user-provided description of the document. The system allows 

you to delete unwanted documents by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ 

column. To access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the 

document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 213

Exhibit 8-10 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 

1): 

Exhibit 8-10: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 214

Exhibit 8-11 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 

2): 

Exhibit 8-11: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: If you selected the ‘Class 1’ radio button, click the ‘Save’ button within the 

expandable/collapsible field, then click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ 

screen. If you selected the ‘Class 2’ radio button, click the ‘Save’ button within the 

expandable/collapsible field set, then click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 2 

Substances’ screen.

8.1.10 Class 2 Substances

You can navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen when you selected the ‘Class 2’ radio button. You can 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 215

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Save’ icon ( ) within the action bar and clicking the 

‘Class 2 Substances’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter in information regarding a class 

2 chemical substance. A class 2 chemical substance is a substance that may not have a defined 

chemical structure that has been identified. This screen provides fields for you to identify

specific elements in the creation of the chemical using the following fields: ‘Precursor 

Substances,’ ‘Nature of Reaction,’ and ‘Range of Composition (Optional).’

You will be able to enter precursor substances by searching SRS or by the manual entry fields 

when the substance is not in SRS. The substances will display in a table listing the ‘Chemical 

Name’ and CASRN. 

The system provides fields for you to capture ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ 

in text boxes. The text boxes for both ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ can be 

claimed as CBI. 

 Precursor Substances: This table captures the chemicals identified as immediate precursor 

substances, along with the respective CASRNs. 

 Chemical Name: Displays the chemical name associated with a precursor substance. Click

the ‘Chemical Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window for edits. 

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN associated with a precursor substance. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire chemical row permanently from the 

system. A warning message will display to confirm the deletion of the chemical. 

 Nature of Reaction: Enter the ‘Nature of Reaction’ description. This is a required field.

 Range of Composition: Enter the ‘Range of Composition’ description. 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window and upload a document. Refer to Section 3.9 for further details regarding the 

attach document functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ window. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 216

Exhibit 8-12 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 8-12: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 217

Exhibit 8-13 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 8-13: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.1.11 Polymer Identification Information 

You can navigate to the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ 

button from the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen when you select the ‘Polymer’ 

radio button. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Polymer Identification 

Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to create a chemical component. Upon clicking the 

‘Add Chemical Component’ button, an expandable/collapsible field set generates that contains 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 218

numerous fields that pertain to the particular polymer. The system provides numerous fields for 

you to enter multiple chemical components, each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add 

Chemical Component’ button for each chemical you wish to identify.

For a single component submission, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application 

generates a field set containing numerous fields for you to enter information pertaining to that 

particular chemical.

For a multi-component submission, create individual field sets by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button. Multi-component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals 

always generate together in a single pot and are never isolated. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button, the application generates a field set containing numerous fields for you to 

enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. Enter additional chemical components, 

each with unique identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for 

each additional chemical that is part of the multi-component mixture. All multi-component 

chemicals will reside in one chemical folder in the navigation tree.

 Add Chemical Component: Displays the polymer identification information field set. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The 

‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ 

link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not 

currently editable.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. 

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 Add Chemical ID: Click the ‘Add Chemical ID’ button within the polymer identification 

information field set to generate the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop-up window. You can search for 

the reported chemical(s) either by the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Synonym.’ If 

you retrieve zero results, the system provides fields for you to enter the chemical information 

by filling in the ‘Chemical Name’ and the ‘Chemical Abstract Services Registry Number’ 

(CASRN) under the manual entry field set. The system provides functionality for you to enter 

the selected chemical by clicking the ‘OK’ button located at the bottom of the ‘Add Chemical 

ID’ window.

 Chemical Name: The system provides fields for you to identify the ‘Chemical Name’ and 

the CASRN (if available). The system provides functionality for you to search for the 

chemical substance using the ‘Add Chemical ID’ search or manually enter the chemical 

information in the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop up. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 219

 ID Method: The system shall require that you identify which identification (ID) method was 

used to determine the chemical identity. When you select ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert 

Service),’ the system will generate an ‘Attach IES Report’ button for you to attach an IES

report. If you select ‘Method 1,’ you are required to attach an IES report. You can also select

‘Method 2 (Other Method).’ 

 Attach IES Report: To access the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop-up window, click the ‘Attach 

IES Report’ button within the polymer identification information field set after selecting the 

‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button. After you attach the document(s), 

and click the ‘OK’ button, the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop-up window will close and the 

document information will be displayed in a table format on the ‘Polymer Identification 

Information’ screen. The attachment table displays the file name of the document and the 

user-provided description of the document. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the 

‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents. To access or edit previously attached 

documents, click the file name link under the ‘File Name’ column.

 Chemical Structure Diagram: The system allows you to attach a chemical structure 

diagram. This field is optional.

 Attach Chemical Structure: To access the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ window, click the 

‘Attach Chemical Structure’ button within the polymer identification information field set. 

You can attach the file(s) and enter a description of the document.

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the document that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Chemical Structure’ window. 

 Description: Displays the description of the chemical structure 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached chemical structure row 

permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 

 Save: Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field 

set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located within the bottom 

action bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able 

to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.

After the document is attached and you click the ‘OK’ button, the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ 

pop-up window closes and the document information will be displayed in a table format on the 

‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen. The attachment table displays the file name of the 

document and provided description of the document. The system provides functionality for you

to delete unwanted documents by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ 

column. To access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the 

document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 220

Exhibit 8-14 shows the screen capture of the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen: 

Exhibit 8-14: Polymer Identification Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

8.1.12 Monomers and Other Reactants

You can navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

from the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking 

the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen is used to identify the chemical measurements and 

monomers that make up a polymer. The ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen has an ‘Add 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 221

Monomer’ button that allows you to identify the monomer(s) that make up the polymer 

composition.

 Add Monomer: Click the ‘Add Monomer’ button to generate an expandable/collapsible field 

set.

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The 

‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ 

link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not

currently editable.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. 

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.10 for additional details regarding the search

SRS functionality. 

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN for the specified monomer; this field populates based on 

information entered on the ‘SRS Search’ pop-up window. This is a required field. 

 Monomer or Other Reactant: Displays the monomer or other reactant name; this field 

populates based on information entered on the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop-up 

window. This is a required field. 

 Include in Identity: Check the ‘Include in Identity’ checkbox to claim the value for 

‘Monomer or Other Reactant’ as part of the monomer identification. 

 Typical Composition: Enter the ‘Typical Composition’ value that a monomer contributes to 

a polymer; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than zero (0) and less 

than or equal to 100. If the value entered is less than or equal to ‘2’ a warning will be 

displayed in the global ‘Validate’ function or during the submission process indicating that 

the ‘Typical Composition’ is a value that is less than or equal to 2% and asking the user 

whether it should be included in the ‘Chemical Identity.’ This is a required field. 

 Save: Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field 

set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located within the bottom 

action bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able 

to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the attach document 

functionality. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 222

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window to make any edits. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document. 

Exhibit 8-15 shows the screen capture of the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen:

Exhibit 8-15: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 223

8.1.13 Use Information 

You can navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Class 1 

or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen, from the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen, or from the ‘Monomers 

and Other Reactants’ screen, depending on the choice made on the ‘Chemical Identification 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Use Information’ link 

within the navigation tree.

The ‘Use Information’ screen is used to capture data about the chemical substance’s intended 

use. When you navigate to the screen, the screen contains a text box with instructional text that 

reads, ‘How will the substance be used?’ Enter the specific data for the chemical substance and 

then advance to the next screen. 

 How will the substance be used: Enter the data regarding how the chemical substance is 

intended to be used. This is a required field.

Exhibit 8-16 shows the screen capture of the ‘Use Information’ screen:

Exhibit 8-16: Use Information Screen 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 224

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

8.1.14 Submitter Site Identification

You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site 

Identification’ link within the navigation tree.

 The ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen captures information about the identification of the 

sites of manufacture and/or the port of entry. The screen captures specific data for the site of 

manufacture and/or port of entry by allowing you to search for a particular site using the FRS

system. The system requires you to select from the ‘Site of Manufacture or Import’ dropdown menu when both the ‘Manufacture’ and ‘Import’ checkboxes were checked on the 

‘Statement of Intent’ screen. You are also able to enter the site of manufacture and/or the port 

of entry information. List all of the sites of manufacture and/or the ports of entry that are 

controlled by the submitter on this screen. FRS Search: Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to 

display the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.11 for 

additional details regarding the search FRS functionality.

 EPA Registry ID: Displays the EPA Registry ID of the site and/or port. 

 Site of Manufacture or Port of Entry: Displays the site of manufacture or port of entry

depending on the checkboxes the user checked on the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen. This is a 

required field if the checkboxes were checked.

 Site Name: Displays the site name of the site or port. This is a required field.

 Address: Displays the address of the site or port. This is a required field.

 City: Displays the city of the site or port. This is a required field.

 State: Displays the state of the site or port. This is a required field.

 Postal Code: Displays the postal code of the site or port. This is a required field.

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 225

Exhibit 8-17 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen: 

Exhibit 8-17: Submitter Site Identification Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Document Management’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Document Management’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.1.15 Document Management

You can navigate to the ‘Document Management’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Document 

Management’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Document Management’ screen is used to attach required documents to the electronic form.

The user must attach three required documents: ‘Spectrum of Substance,’ ‘Statement of 

Commercialization,’ and ‘Statement of Research and Development.’ The application also allows 

the user to attach ‘Other’ documents.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window to upload documents. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding 

the attach document functionality. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 226

 Document Name: Displays the document name and file extension of the document uploaded 

on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Document Type: Displays the document type associated with the uploaded document. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document. 

Exhibit 8-18 shows the screen capture of the ‘Document Management’ screen: 

Exhibit 8-18: Document Management Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.1.16 Optional Cover Letter

You can navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Document Management’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional 

Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 227

The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information with EPA that is not 

collected elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give EPA resources and special 

instructions regarding the application.

 Optional Cover Letter: Enter any additional special instructions regarding the form.

Exhibit 8-19 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen: 

Exhibit 8-19: Optional Cover Letter Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. 

Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the 

‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to generate a PDF preview of the form. 

Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to initiate the submission process.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 228

9 Create Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Form

The Section 5 Notices and Supports application allows alternative control measures (ACM) 

forms to be submitted. The ACM form is used to report proposed alternative control measures 

for published significant new use rules (SNURs).

9.1 Create Alternative Control Measures Form

To create a new ACM form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and 

select ‘Alternative Control Measures (ACM)’ from the ‘Form Type’ drop-down menu. Refer to 

Section 3.4 for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. 

Refer to Section 3.5 for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 

9.1.1 Contact Information

You can access the ‘Contact Information’ screen by entering a passphrase in the ‘Enter 

Passphrase’ screen or creating a passphrase on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. 

The ‘Contact Information’ screen provides an ‘Add Contact’ button and a contact information 

table for you to identify a point of contact who is working for a U.S. based company.

 Form Alias: Enter an alias to identify how the ACM 721.30 form is differentiated. The 

system auto-generates a default alias consisting of the form type and date stamp in the 

following format: <Form Type-YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS Time Zone>. The form alias is 

an editable field that may be changed at any time. This is a required field.

 Add Contact: Click the button to generate the ‘Add Contact’ window, which allows a user 

to enter information for a point of contact. At least one contact is required.

 Last Name: Displays the last name of the contact identified on the ‘Add Contact’ pop-up 

window. 

 First Name: Displays the first name of the contact identified on the ‘Add Contact’ pop-up 

window. 

 Address: Displays the mailing address of the contact identified on the ‘Add Contact’ pop-up 

window. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a contact by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a contact from the table. A warning message 

displays to confirm deletion of the contact.

 Next: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Attachments’ screen.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 229

Exhibit 9-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘Contact Information’ screen:

Exhibit 9-1: Contact Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Add Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical contact 

information. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Attachments’ screen. You can also access 

this screen by clicking the ‘Attachments’ link within the navigation tree. 

 Click here to copy your information from CDX Registration: Click the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button to populate the fields with your contact information provided during 

CDX registration. A prompt will display confirming the import of CDX registration 

information. 

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the 

contact information as confidential. If the ‘CBI’ checkbox is checked before clicking the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the ‘CBI’ checkbox will become unchecked upon 

navigating back to the screen after copying CDX registration information. To claim a contact 

as confidential, check the ‘CBI’ checkbox after importing CDX registration information. 

 First Name: Enter the contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ 

button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a 

required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ 

button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a 

required field. 

 Company Name: Enter the contact’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 230

 Phone Number: Enter the contact’s daytime phone number; dashes are not allowed. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the contact’s email address. The email address must follow the 

standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked 

the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during 

CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the contact’s mailing address. If you have 

clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered 

during CDX registration.

 City: Enter the contact’s U.S. city of the mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy 

CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 State: Select the state of the contact’s mailing address from the drop-down menu. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’ 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 231

Exhibit 9-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Contact’ window:

Exhibit 9-2: Add Contact Window

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button or the ‘X’ icon to stop the process of adding contact 

information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save the entered contact information and navigate back to 

the ‘Contact Information’ screen.

9.1.2 Attachments

You can access the ‘Attachments’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Contact 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Attachments’ link within 

the navigation tree.

The ‘Attachments’ screen provides an ‘Attach Document’ button for you to upload 

documentation that fulfills the specified requirements, and a text field to provide the 40 Code of 

Federal Regulations (CFR) 721 citation to which the documentation refers. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 232

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to attach documents that fulfill the 

outlined requirements in the instructional text. At least one document is required. Refer to 

Section 3.9 for additional information regarding the attach document functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ popup window contains. 

 Date: Displays the date that a document was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up 

window. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up 

window by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Action: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to remove the attached document row. A warning 

message displays to confirm deletion of the document. 

 ACM Citation at 40 CFR 721: Enter the ACM citation reference that the documents 

uploaded are supporting. This field allows up to seven (7) numerical characters; letters or 

other characters are not allowed. This is a required field. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 233

Exhibit 9-3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Attachments’ screen:

Exhibit 9-3: Attachments Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) in the bottom action bar to validate the form. Click 

the ‘Save’ icon ( ) in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon (

) to generate a PDF preview of the form. Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) in the bottom action bar 

to initiate the submission process.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 234

10 Preview

The system provides the option to preview the form at any point during the submission process. 

Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ), located within the bottom action bar, to see a draft PDF version of 

the form. A screen will display for you to view either the ‘Full’ or ‘Sanitized’ version of the PDF

differentiated by buttons. After you choose either the ‘Regular’ or ‘Sanitized’ PDF, the 

application generates a draft watermarked PDF version of the form. Click the ‘Back’ button in 

the browser to navigate back to the form. 

The watermark reads ‘Not for Submission’ and displays across each page in the background. The 

form preview displays the entire form in a printable format. The preview functionality provides 

the flexibility to track the status of the form and see the entire form in a single viewpoint.

Exhibit 10-1 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the ACM form:

Exhibit 10-1: Preview ACM Form Screen
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 235

Exhibit 10-2 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the Biotechnology form:

Exhibit 10-2: Preview Biotechnology Form PDF
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 236

Exhibit 10-3 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the NOC form:

Exhibit 10-3: Preview NOC Form PDF
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 237

Exhibit 10-4 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the Support form:

Exhibit 10-4: Preview Support Form PDF
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 238

11 Validate 

You can click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and 

Supports form. The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up window displays when

you click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ). The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up 

window displays a report of all validation errors and warning messages. During the validation 

process, the application validates each screen of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form to find 

missing and invalid data.

Validation Errors: Errors are denoted by an ‘Error’ icon ( ) and can be fixed by clicking the

error link. The links will display the Screen Title Name (e.g., Chemical Identification) and the 

associated error. After you click a link, the main application screen will display the section 

where the error occurred so you can easily fix the error. Once you have fixed the error(s), click

the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) again to refresh the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up 

window. If the information you fixed passes validation, the error will be removed from the 

‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up window. You must fix all validation errors 

in order to submit the form to CDX successfully.

Warning Messages: Warnings are denoted by a ‘Warning’ icon ( ) and can be fixed by

clicking the warning link. The links will display the Screen Title and the associated warning.

After you click a link, the main application screen will display the section where the warning 

occurred so you can easily fix the warning. Once you have fixed the warning(s), click the 

‘Validate’ icon ( ) again to refresh the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up 

window. If the information you fixed passes validation, the warning will be removed from the 

‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up window. You can pass validation and 

continue to submit a form to CDX with active warning messages.

You can close the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up window by clicking the

‘X’ button located at the top right of the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up 

window. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 239

Exhibit 11-1 shows the screen capture for the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ popup window:

Exhibit 11-1: Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation Pop-Up Window
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 240

12 Submit to EPA via CDX

As a Primary AO, you have the ability to sign and submit a Section 5 Notices and Supports form

to EPA via CDX. You can save your form at any point during the data entry process. Any 

assigned Supports for your form cannot submit the Section 5 Notices and Supports form. The 

save functionality will allow you to return to that same form at any point in the future. 

Once you complete all required information and correct all items failing validation, the system 

will allow the Section 5 Notices and Supports form to be successfully submitted. 

12.1 Submitting Official Information

Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) that is located in the bottom action bar of the Section 5 Notices and 

Supports application to access the ‘Submitting Official Information’ screen. This screen only 

displays to a Primary AO upon submission. 

After clicking the ‘Submit’ icon ( ), the system requires you to review your contact 

information provided during CDX registration. The system also requires you to identify your job 

title. Click the ‘Home’ button to navigate to the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen. 

The following statement which displays to the Primary AO and Secondary AO must be 

confirmed before the system will allow you to move forward: “Please confirm that you are the 

legally responsible party from the submitting company.” If you check this checkbox associated 

with the statement, the application navigates to either the appropriate certification screen or the 

‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR)’ screen. If you do not check the 

checkbox associated with this statement, the application takes you back to the ‘Section 5 Notices 

and Supports Forms’ screen. 

A ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ checkbox will be displayed on the screen if you are submitting an 

amendment. After you check the checkbox, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitting 

On Behalf Of’ screen. The ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ checkbox is only displayed for 

amendments/revisions/updates/etc. to the original submission. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 241

Exhibit 12-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitting Official Information’ screen:

Exhibit 12-1: Submitting Official Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to continue with submitting the form and navigating to the 

‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen. 

 Submitting On Behalf Of: This checkbox only displays for amendments/revisions/updates 

to an original submission. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the submitting official’s information as 

confidential. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 242

 Please confirm that you are the legally responsible party from the submitting company:

Check the checkbox to confirm that the individual submitting the form has permission to do

so. 

 First Name: Displays the first name of the submitting official, which has been pre-populated 

from CDX registration information. 

 Middle Initial: Displays the middle initial of the submitting official, which has been prepopulated from CDX registration information. 

 Last Name: Displays the last name of the submitting official, which has been pre-populated 

from CDX registration information.

 Job Title: Enter the job title of the submitting official. This is a required field. 

 Company Name: Displays the company name of the submitting official, which has been 

pre-populated from CDX registration information.

 Phone Number: Displays the phone number of the submitting official, which has been prepopulated from CDX registration information. 

 Email Address: Displays the email address of the submitting official, which has been prepopulated from CDX registration information. 

 Mailing Address 1: Displays the first line of the mailing address from CDX registration 

information. 

 Mailing Address 2: Displays the second line of the submitting official’s mailing address, 

which has been pre-populated from CDX registration information. 

 City: Displays the city of the submitting official’s mailing address, which has been prepopulated from CDX registration information. 

 State: Displays the state of the submitting official’s mailing address, which has been prepopulated from CDX registration information. 

 Postal Code: Displays the postal code of the submitting official’s mailing address, which has 

been pre-populated from CDX registration information. 

 Country: Displays the country of the submitting official’s mailing address, which has been 

pre-populated from CDX registration information. 

12.2 Submitting On Behalf Of

Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) that is located in the bottom action bar of the Section 5 Notices and 

Supports application to access the ‘Submitting Official Information’ screen. This screen only 

displays for amendments/revisions/updates/etc. to an original submission. 

After checking the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ checkbox on the ‘Submitting Official 

Information’ screen (which is only displayed for amendments/revisions/updates/etc. to an 

original submission), you will be taken to the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ screen to enter in the 

information about the company for which you are submitting the form. Click the ‘Home’ button 

to navigate to the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 243

Exhibit 12-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ screen:

Exhibit 12-2: Submitting On Behalf Of Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to continue with submitting the form and proceed to the 

‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen. Click the ‘Home’ button to navigate back to the 

Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ information as 

confidential.

 First Name: Enter the first name of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose 

behalf you are submitting this form. 

 Middle Initial: Enter the middle initial of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on 

whose behalf you are submitting this form. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 244

 Last Name: Enter the last name of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose 

behalf you are submitting this form. 

 Job Title: Enter the job title of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf 

you are submitting this form. 

 Company Name: Enter the company name of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on 

whose behalf you are submitting this form. 

 Phone Number: Enter the phone number of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on 

whose behalf you are submitting this form. 

 Email Address: Enter the email address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on 

whose behalf you are submitting this form. The email address must follow the standard email 

address format: John.Doe@abc.com. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the mailing address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf 

Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the mailing address of the ‘Submitting On 

Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form. 

 City: Enter the city of the mailing address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on 

whose behalf you are submitting you are submitting this form. 

 State: Enter the state of the mailing address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on 

whose behalf you are submitting this form. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose 

behalf you are submitting this form.

 Country: Enter the country of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf 

you are submitting this form.

12.3 LVE Certification

Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Submitting on Behalf Of’ screen to access the ‘LVE 

Certification’ screen. This screen displays when ‘LVE’ or ‘LVE Modification’ is selected from 

the ‘Type of Notice’ drop-down menu on the ‘General Form Information’ screen for a PMN 

form. If the notice type is not ‘LVE’ or ‘LVE Modification,’ click the ‘Next’ button to navigate

to the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen or a different certification screen. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 245

Exhibit 12-3 shows the screen capture of the ‘LVE Certification’ screen:

Exhibit 12-3: LVE Certification Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘I Certify’ button to continue with submitting the form and navigate to the 

‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen. Click the ‘Cancel’ button to stop the submission 

process. 

12.4 LOREX Certification

Click the ‘Next’ button on the ‘Submitting on Behalf Of’ screen to access the ‘LOREX 

Certification’ screen. This screen displays when ‘LOREX’ or ‘LOREX Modification’ is selected 

from the ‘Type of Notice’ drop-down menu on the ‘General Form Information’ screen for a 

PMN form. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 246

Exhibit 12-4 shows the screen capture of the ‘LOREX Certification’ screen:

Exhibit 12-4: LOREX Certification Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘I Certify’ button to continue with submitting the form and proceed to the 

‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen. 

12.5 Submission Process: Validation

Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) that is located in the bottom action bar of the Section 5 Notices and 

Supports form to begin the submission process and access the ‘Submission Process: Validation’

screen.

The first step in the submission process will validate the information entered within the Section 5 

Notices and Supports form. After a form is validated, the system will generate a PDF.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 247

Exhibit 12-5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen:

Exhibit 12-5: Submission Process: Validation Screen
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 248

Exhibit 12-6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submission Process: PDF Generation’ screen:

Exhibit 12-6: Submission Process: PDF Generation Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘View PDF’ button to generate and view a PDF of the form. Click the 

‘Continue’ button to continue with submitting the form and proceed to the ‘Cross-Media 

Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Certification’ screen. 

12.6 Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Certification

Click the ‘Continue’ button on the ‘Submission Process: PDF Generation’ screen to access the 

‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Certification’ screen.

CROMERR provides the legal framework for electronic reporting under all of EPA’s 

environmental regulations.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 249

After clicking the ‘Continue’ button, the system requires you to certify that the form is 

CROMERR compliant. A screenshot of the compliancy agreement is shown below in Exhibit 

12-7. By clicking the ‘I Certify’ button on the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation 

(CROMERR) Certification’ screen, you authenticate all of the information entered in the form. 

Click the ‘Cancel’ button to navigate back to the Section 5 Notices and Supports application. 

Exhibit 12-7 shows the screen capture for the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation 

(CROMERR) Certification’ screen:

Exhibit 12-7: Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Certification

Screen
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 250

Navigation: Click the ‘I Certify’ button to continue with submitting the form and proceed to the 

‘CROMERR Login’ screen. 

12.7 Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Login

You can access the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Login’ screen 

by clicking the ‘I Certify’ button on the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation 

(CROMERR) Certification’ screen. 

To proceed with the submission, log into CDX using the credentials you provided during CDX 

registration:

 Please login with your CDX password: Enter your CDX registration password. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 251

Exhibit 12-8 shows the screen capture of the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation 

(CROMERR) Login’ screen.

Exhibit 12-8: Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Login Screen

Navigation: Enter your CDX registration password and click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the 

‘CROMERR Security Question’ screen.

12.8 Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Security Question

You can access the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Security

Question’ screen by entering your CDX registration password on the ‘Cross-Media Electronic 

Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Login’ screen and clicking the ‘Next’ button. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 252

The ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Security Question’ screen 

randomly selects and displays one of the five CROMERR eSIG-PIN questions you answered on 

the ‘20-5-1 Question’ screen during the initial login to CDX.

eSIG-PIN Authorization Code: Provide one of the five secret answers to the questions that 

were pulled from the list of 20 CDX security questions. 

Exhibit 12-9 shows the screen capture of the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation 

(CROMERR) Security Question’ screen:

Exhibit 12-9: Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Security

Question Screen

Navigation: Answer the security question and click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submit 

to CDX’ screen.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 253

12.9 Submit to CDX

You can access the ‘Submit to CDX’ screen after answering the 20-5-1 security question on the 

‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Security Question’ screen and 

clicking the ‘Next’ button. 

On the ‘Submit to CDX’ screen, you will see a certification message. Read the message and 

acknowledge by clicking the ‘Confirm’ button. Once you have clicked the ‘Confirm’ button, 

your form will be submitted to CDX.

This screen is only applicable to the original forms (PMN, NOC, and Biotechnology). This 

screen will display during the submission process for joint submissions and Letters of Support. 

This screen is not applicable to Support forms and amendments to original submissions. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 254

Exhibit 12-10 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submit to CDX’ screen:

Exhibit 12-10: Submit to CDX Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Confirm’ button to navigate to the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting 

Regulation (CROMERR) Submission’ screen.

12.10 Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission

You can access the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission’

screen by acknowledging the certification to submit to CDX by clicking the ‘Confirm’ button on 

the ‘Submit to CDX’ screen. 

On the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission’ screen, you 

will see a message indicating the form has been successfully submitted to CDX.
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 255

Exhibit 12-11 shows the screen capture of the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation 

(CROMERR) Submission’ screen:

Exhibit 12-11: Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission

Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Finish’ button to navigate back to the Section 5 Notices and Supports

‘Home’ screen. Click the ‘Forms’ link or tab to find your locked submission. The ‘Section 5 

Notices and Supports Forms’ screen will display the submission with a ‘Lock’ icon ( ) under 

the ‘Action’ column and will display a status of ‘Submitted.’
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 256

13 Download Copy of Record

To download a Copy of Record, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen 

and locate a form alias for which you have successfully completed a submission and which has a

status of ‘Submitted.’

Click the ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ) from the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. 

You will be taken to the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen to login into CDX. The ‘Enter Passphrase’ 

screen requires you to enter the passphrase originally associated with the form. If your 

passphrase is entered correctly, you will be taken to the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting 

Regulation (CROMERR) Login’ screen where you are required to enter your credentials you 

provided during CDX registration. Once you have provided the correct CDX password, click the

‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) 

Security Question’ screen. The ‘Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) 

Security Question’ screen randomly selects and displays one of the five CROMERR eSIG-PIN 

questions that you answered on the 20-5-1 Question screen during CDX registration. Answer the 

CROMERR security question and click the ‘OK’ button. If your answer was successful, you will 

be taken to the ‘Download Copy of Record’ screen. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 257

Exhibit 13-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘Download Copy of Record’ screen:

Exhibit 13-1: Download Copy of Record Screen

The ‘Download Copy of Record’ screen displays the ‘File Name’ and ‘Action’ columns in a 

table format. Click the ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ) to download the individual files uploaded 

during the submission process, PDF version of the submission or the XML version of the Section 

5 Notices and Supports form. When you click the ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ), the system will 

allow you to view or download the individual files that were uploaded during the submission 

process. 

After you click the ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ), enter the passphrase associated with the case 

number, and click the ‘Next’ button. If the passphrase was correctly entered, the application will 

take you to the ‘CROMERR Login’ screen to enter the CDX password. If your login was 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 258

successful, you will be taken to the ‘CROMERR Security Question’ screen. The ‘CROMERR 

Security Question’ screen randomly selects and displays one of the five CROMERR eSIG-PIN 

questions that you answered on the 20-5-1 Question screen during the initial login to CDX. 

Answer the CROMERR security question and click the ‘OK’ button. If your answer was 

successful, you will be taken to the ‘Download Copy of Record’ screen. 

Exhibit 13-2 shows a screen capture of the ‘Download Prompt’ screen:

Exhibit 13-2: Download Prompt Screen

If you click the ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ) you will download: 

 A PDF version of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form

 An XML version of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 259

14 Create an Amendment 

To amend a submitted Section 5 Notices and Supports form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices 

and Supports Forms’ screen and locate a submission that you previously submitted with a status 

of ‘Submitted.’ In addition to displaying a status of ‘Submitted’ under the ‘Status’ column, the 

‘Lock’ icon ( ) will be displayed under the ‘Action’ column. Click the ‘Lock’ icon ( ) under 

the ‘Action’ column to start an amendment.

Exhibit 14-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen:

Exhibit 14-1: Section 5 Notices and Supports Form – Amendment
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 260

Navigation: After clicking the ‘Lock’ icon ( ), a prompt will display to confirm the 

amendment process. If you do not want to continue with the amendment, click the ‘Cancel’

button to cancel the amendment process and return to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports 

Forms’ screen. Click the ‘OK’ button to close the prompt and continue with the amendment. 

Exhibit 14-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Unlock Prompt’ message:

Exhibit 14-2: Unlock Prompt Message

After you click the ‘OK’ button, you will be taken to the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. You must 

enter the passphrase originally associated with the submission to start the amendment process. 

After you enter the passphrase and click the ‘Next’ button, you will be taken to the first screen in 

the specific Section 5 Notices and Supports form. Refer to Section 3.6 for further instructions on 

the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. 

After a submission has been unlocked, the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen will 

display a status of ‘In Progress’ under the ‘Status’ column, and the ‘Unlocked’ icon ( ) will 

display under the ‘Action’ column; however, you will not see these changes until you navigate 

back to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. 

Refer to the following sections for additional instructions:

 Section 1 through Section 4.1.35 for instructions on editing a revised PMN form

 Section 1 through Section 5.1.9 for instructions on editing a revised Biotechnology form

 Section 1 through Section 6.1.8 for instructions on editing a revised NOC form

 Section 1 through Section 7.1.2 for instructions on editing a revised Support form

 Section 1 through Section 8.1.16 for instructions on editing a revised Bona Fide form

 Section 1 through Section 9.1.2 for instructions on editing a revised ACM form
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 261

15 Resources 

You can access the ‘Resources’ screen by clicking the ‘Resources’ tab located at the top of the 

screen at any time during the submission process. You can also access the ‘Resources’ screen by

clicking the ‘Resources’ link from the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen. The 

‘Resources’ screen provides you with links to the appropriate Section 5 Notices and Supports 

user guides as well as additional helpful links. Click the ‘User Guide’ link to access the Section 5 

Notices and Supports user guide document. 

 Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Regulation of Microbial Products of Biotechnology: 

Government Costs: If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate 

displaying the ‘Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Regulation of Microbial Products of 

Biotechnology: Government Costs’ screen. 

 Microbial Products of Biotechnology: Final Rule (62 FR 17910): If you click this link, a 

new internet browser window will generate displaying the ‘Microbial Products of 

Biotechnology: Final Rule (62 FR 17910)’ screen. 

 Points to Consider in the Preparation of TSCA Biotechnology Submissions for 

Microorganisms: If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate 

displaying the ‘Points to Consider in the Preparation of TSCA Biotechnology Submissions 

for Microorganisms’ PDF. 

 CDX Homepage: If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate 

displaying the CDX Homepage.

 TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory: If you click this link, a new internet browser 

window will generate displaying the ‘TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory’ screen.

 Substance Registry Services (SRS): If you click this link, a new internet browser window 

will generate displaying the ‘Substance Registry Services (SRS)’ screen. 

 Facility Registry System (FRS): If you click this link, a new internet browser window will 

generate displaying the ‘Facility Registry System (FRS)’ screen. 

 CAS Inventory Expert Services: If you click this link, a new internet browser window will 

generate displaying the ‘CAS Inventory Expert Services (IES)’ screen.

 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES): If you click this link, a new 

internet browser window will generate displaying the ‘National Pollutant Discharge 

Elimination System (NPDES)’ screen.

 New Chemicals Program Homepage: If you click this link, a new internet browser window 

will generate displaying the ‘New Chemicals Program’ screen.

 Status of Section 5 Notices: If you click this link, a new internet browser window will 

generate displaying the ‘Status of Section 5 Notices’ screen. 
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 262

Exhibit 15-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘Resources’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 15-1: Resources Screen (Scroll 1)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 263

Exhibit 15-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Resources’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 15-2: Resources Screen (Scroll 2)
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 264

Appendix A. Definitions, Acronyms, and Abbreviations

The following table displays all the definitions, acronyms, and abbreviations used in this 

document and their full name. 

Definitions, Acronyms, and Abbreviations

Acronym Full Name

ACM Alternative Control Measures

AO Authorized Official

BCF/BAF Bioconcentration Factors/Bioaccumulation Factors 

CBI Confidential Business Information

CA Chemical Abstracts

CAS Chemical Abstracts Service

CASRN Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number

CDX Central Data Exchange

CFR Code of Federal Regulations

CoR Copy of Record

CROMERR Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation

CSPP Chemical Safety and Pesticide Programs

CSV Comma-Separated Values

EPA Environmental Protection Agency

EST Eastern Standard Time

ETI Environmental Technology Initiative 

FR Federal Regulation 

FRS Facility Registry System 

GPC Gel-permeation Chromatography

ID Identification 

IES Inventory Expert Service 

IH Industrial Hygienist 

IR Infrared

LOREX Low Release/Low Exposure Exemption 

LOS Letter of Support

LVE Low Volume Exemption 

MCAN Microbial Commercial Activity Notice 

MS Mass Spectrometry

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health

NMR Nuclear Magnetic Resonance

NOC Notice of Commencement

NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System

OPPT Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics

PDF Portable Document Format 

PMN Premanufacture Notice

POTW Publicly Owned Treatment Works
TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 265

PPE Personal Protective Equipment 

PPM Parts Per Million 

RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act 

SAR Structure-Activity Relationship

SDS Safety Data Sheet

SME Subject Matter Expert 

SNUN Significant New Use Notice

SNUR Significant New Use Rule

SRS Substance Registry Services

STN Scientific and Technical Information Network

TERA TSCA Experimental Release Application 

TME Test Market Exemption

TMEA Test Marketing Exemption Application 

TS Toxic Substances

TSCA Toxic Substances Control Act 

UV Ultraviolet

XML Extensible Markup Language